Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 409

1.

Introduction

ABL80 FLEX 2. Analyzer Description

3. Parts List

4. Test and Calibration Procedures

5. Primary Parts Replacement

6. Sub-Assembly Replacement

Service Manual
7. Preventative Maintenance

8. Troubleshooting

Index

Service Notes

Date of Issue
LICENSE AGREEMENT
The software installed and provided with the instrument is comprised of Microsoft® Windows XP
Embedded (Windows XPE) Operating System and SenDx Medical, Inc. developed Software. Each
program is licensed, not sold to you, to be used only under the terms of this Agreement and the
Microsoft End User License Agreement. SenDx Medical, Inc. and its licensors reserve all rights not
expressly granted to you. You may use the software only with the instrument in which it is installed
for your internal purposes. When the instrument is transferred to others, it must be accompanied by
the software and the End User License Agreements included in the Operator’s Manual. The software
may not be copied. You may not modify, reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the programs.
By your use of the instrument you agree to the terms of this Agreement and the Microsoft End User
License Agreement. If you do not accept or agree to the terms you should promptly contact your
Radiometer representative for a return of the instrument and a refund of your money.

TRADEMARKS
Radiometer, the Radiometer logo, ABL, AQT, TCM, RADIANCE, PICO and CLINITUBES are
trademarks of Radiometer Medical, ApS.

COPYRIGHT
The contents of this document may not be reproduced in any form or communicated to any third party
without the prior written consent of Radiometer Medical ApS.
While every effort is made to ensure the correctness of the information provided in this document
Radiometer Medical ApS assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions which nevertheless may
occur.
This document is subject to change without notice.

©2009 Radiometer Medical ApS. All rights reserved.


ABL80 FLEX service manual 1. Introduction

1. Introduction

Overview

Introduction This chapter gives an introduction to the servicing of all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer and important information necessary to understand the procedures
and requirements contained in this manual.
Instructions that apply only to the ABL80 FLEX analyzer or the ABL80 FLEX
CO-OX analyzer will be clearly identified throughout this manual. If instructions
do not call out an individual analyzer version then the instructions are intended for
all versions of the analyzer.

Contents This chapter contains the following topics.


Overview........................................................................................................................1-1
Service policy.................................................................................................................1-2
ABL80 identification .....................................................................................................1-6

200908 1-1
1. Introduction ABL80 FLEX service manual

Service policy

Introduction This section outlines the policies and procedures, which must be followed when
servicing Radiometer Medical ApS instruments.
The service policy for the ABL80 FLEX analyzer (all versions) has been outlined
to obtain a maximum degree of reliability with minimal repair time.
Using the test equipment, procedures and spare parts listed in this service manual
ensures continuous reliability.
Exceptions from the service policy are not allowed unless special permission or
instructions in writing have been given beforehand by Radiometer Medical ApS.

Warranty Radiometer Medical ApS will guarantee the instrument’s performance


disclaimer specifications and safety and accept any warranty claims only when:
• The recommended maintenance procedures outlined in the operator’s and
service manuals are performed.
• The accessories and spare parts specified by Radiometer Medical ApS are
used.
Warranty claims for parts which suffer from physical damage, unauthorized
attempted repair, or exposure to conditions other than those specified by
Radiometer Medical ApS (e.g., temperature, line voltage outside specified limits)
will not be accepted.

Non-original Spare parts and accessories


parts
In order to ensure the reliability, durability and operation in accordance with
technical specifications, use only original Radiometer Medical ApS parts and
accessories, or parts and accessories approved by Radiometer Medical ApS.
Software
Software is considered a spare part. Radiometer will only accept responsibility for
the installation of software that is distributed by Radiometer.

Electrostatic In order to ensure the reliability and durability of the analyzer, ESD protection
discharge precautions must always be taken when handling or exposing ESD sensitive parts.
protection Parts such as printed circuit boards may be damaged if handled incorrectly during
storage and service. The damage is not visible, and the damaged parts may not fail
immediately but several months later.

Installation test In connection with the installation, repair and upgrade of an analyzer it is usually
required that an Installation Test be performed to ensure proper function of the
analyzer system. A successful System Cycle, which includes both calibration and
quality control, will ensure the system is functioning properly. Manual quality
control measurements using QC ampoules may be performed if desired.

Continued on next page

1-2 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 1. Introduction

Service policy, Continued

Repair level The repair level outlines the extent to which the analyzer may be dismantled during
troubleshooting and repair activities. The level of repair may be limited for specific
reasons such as the need for specialized test equipment or special environmental
requirements, etc. The chosen level is also optimized in relation to cost of parts,
time for repair, etc.
The repair level is indicated in Chapters 3 – Parts List, 5 – Primary Parts
Replacement and 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement.
Computer Unit & Circuit Boards
The major components in the computer unit are printed circuit boards. The signal
data board and the main distribution board are printed wire boards (PWB). Low-
level repair of these boards is not allowed in the field. Most of the boards are based
on surface mounted technology, which involves a high component density and
thereby a high complexity. Repair of this type of board requires advanced
troubleshooting, repair and test facilities, which are only available at the factory.
As repair is not allowed in the field, detailed circuit diagrams are not included in
the service manual.
Power Supply
The power supply is considered a single component. Repair of this unit is not
allowed in the field. Repair of this module requires advanced troubleshooting,
repair and test facilities, which are only available at the factory. As repair is not
allowed in the field, detailed circuit diagrams are not included in the service
manual.
Wet Section
The manifold unit, valves, waste tubing set, pump motors and the waste drain
assembly are regarded as components (or component assemblies). The various test
programs in this manual facilitate assessment and any necessary adjustment of
these parts as well as verification of their function after repair.
Display Unit and Printer Unit
These units may be serviced to the part level, but are not to be dismantled further
than indicated in the parts list. The display screen with bracket, the display board
and the printer control board may not be repaired to the component level. Repair of
this type of board requires advanced troubleshooting, repair and test facilities,
which are only available at the factory. As repair is not allowed in the field,
detailed circuit diagrams are not included in the service manual.
Co-Oximetry Unit
The CO-oximetry (CO-OX) unit is primarily contained in the Front Cover Unit.
The CO-OX components may be serviced to the part level, but is not meant to be
dismantled further than indicated in the parts list.

Continued on next page

200908 1-3
1. Introduction ABL80 FLEX service manual

Service policy, Continued

WARNING: WARNING: Follow legal requirements and local rules for safe work practices with
chemicals.
WARNING: Working with blood gas analyzers may result in contact with blood
remnants and with harsh disinfectants. During the various procedures wear suitable
protection gear (gloves, face protection, and protective body clothing) and follow
legal requirements and local rules for safe work practices.
WARNING: The gloves must be free of pinholes and preferably be puncture
resistant. Please consult the glove manufacturer for further information.
WARNING: If contaminated materials come into contact with any lesion on the
body, seek medical advice.

Tools and test To carry out the procedures for servicing the analyzer, certain tools and test
equipment equipment are required. A list of these parts is available in chapter 3 Parts List.

Waste of
Electrical and
Electronic
Equipment
(WEEE)
• Radiometer Medical ApS and its distributors within the European Union
(EU) and associated states have taken the necessary steps to comply with
the directive, 2002/96/EC on waste electrical and electronic equipment
(WEEE).
• The instrument, when reaching its end of life, must be collected and
recycled separately from other waste according to national requirements.
Please contact your local Radiometer distributor for instructions.
Environmental implications:
WEEE contains materials that are potentially hazardous to the environment and to
human health.

Continued on next page

1-4 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 1. Introduction

Service policy, Continued

Windows XPE To protect all ABL80 FLEX analyzer versions against hostile attacks the firewall
firewall included in Windows XPE is enabled.
This means that it is not possible to “ping” the analyzer via a network connection.
Changing the setup of the firewall is considered to be an advanced configuration of
the analyzer and is not permitted.

Windows XPE, Microsoft will from time to time release updates for Windows XPE. These updates
hotfixes will be monitored and, if necessary, Radiometer will release CDs containing
hotfixes relevant for the analyzer. Further instructions will be distributed with the
CD.
IMPORTANT: Only hotfixes available through Radiometer may be installed on
the analyzer.

200908 1-5
1. Introduction ABL80 FLEX service manual

ABL80 identification

Introduction This section explains the identification scheme for all ABL80 FLEX analyzer
systems.

ABL80 The identification scheme for the analyzer system consists of a number of separate
identification elements, each with their own numbering pattern. These numbers are used for a
variety of purposes, e.g. tracking and traceability.

Elements An analyzer system consists of the following elements:

Element Element ID Syntax (example)


Analyzer Serial number 300001
Sensor cassette Lot number 13121
Serial number 01234567
Solution pack Lot number 13220
Serial number 13220123
Barcode scanner Part number / Revision 902-994 / A
Operator’s Manual – English Part number / Revision 990-634 / A

Use of The analyzer serial number is the primary identification number used:
identification
• For tracking purposes (both for the analyzer and its parts)
• For logging service actions
• As a reference on service work orders
• When ordering service components and units

Electronic serial The analyzer serial number is stored electronically in the smart chip (iButton,
number ABL80) located on an analyzer circuit board. When ordering a replacement
iButton, include the analyzer serial number with the order.
Any option keys (e.g. demo mode) must be re-installed on the analyzer following
an analyzer iButton replacement.

Serial number The analyzer serial number tag is located on the upper right-hand side of the base
tag replacement frame. In the event that the base frame must be replaced, a new base frame with
serial number tag attached must be ordered and produced at the factory.

1-6 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

2. Analyzer description

Overview

Introduction This chapter provides a general description of all versions of the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.

Contents This chapter contains the following topics.


Overview........................................................................................................................2-1
ABL80 FLEX analyzer – front view..............................................................................2-2
ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer – front view ................................................................2-3
ABL80 FLEX analyzers – rear view..............................................................................2-4
Solution pack .................................................................................................................2-5
Sensor cassettes - front and rear views...........................................................................2-7
Normal fluidics – FLEX ..............................................................................................2-12
Normal fluidics – CO-OX............................................................................................2-14
ABL80 connections .....................................................................................................2-16
Major components – All ABL80 analyzers............................................. 2-17
Major components – ABL80 FLEX analyzer ......................................... 2-20
Major components – ABL80 CO-OX analyzer....................................... 2-21
Electrical connections – ABL80 CO-OX analyzer ................................. 2-24
Fluidics connections – ABL80 CO-OX analyzer.................................... 2-25
Block diagrams........................................................................................ 2-26
Analyzer power............................................................................................................2-28
Installing consumables.................................................................................................2-30

200908 2-1
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

ABL80 FLEX analyzer – front view

Introduction This section identifies the basic parts located on the front of the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.
Front view

Parts and The table below describes the functions of each part indicated above.
functions
Item Part Function
1. Touch panel Communication interface between the operator and
the analyzer
2. CD drive Read/write CD drive
3. Cassette nest Recessed area to accommodate the sensor cassette
4. Solution pack Holds the solution pack securely in place and
door and latch provides a mechanism to assist in loading and
unloading the solution pack
5. Solution pack To accommodate the solution pack
cavity
6. Roller assembly A bi-directional pump that draws samples into the
cassette measuring chamber and flushes internal
solutions through the same cassette measuring
chamber
7. Internal barcode Built-in scanner to read barcodes
scanner
8. Handle For carrying the analyzer

2-2 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer – front view

Introduction This section identifies the basic parts located on the front of the ABL80 FLEX
CO-OX analyzer.
Front view

Parts and The table below describes the functions of each part indicated above.
functions
Item Part Function
1. Touch screen Communication interface between the operator and
the analyzer
2. CD drive Read/write CD drive
3. Cassette nest Recessed area to accommodate the sensor cassette
4. Solution pack Holds the solution pack securely in place and
door and latch provides a mechanism to assist in loading and
unloading the solution pack
5. Solution pack To accommodate the solution pack
cavity
6. Barcode scanner Built-in scanner to read barcodes
7. Handle For carrying the analyzer

200908 2-3
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

ABL80 FLEX analyzers – rear view

Introduction This section identifies the basic parts located at the rear of the ABL80 FLEX and
ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzers.
Rear view

Parts and The table below describes the functions of the parts indicated above.
functions
Item Part Function
1. Printer unit Thermal printer with “clamshell” cover
2. PS2 Connection For mouse connection
3. PS2 Connection For external barcode scanner or
keyboard connection
4. Video connection Video output to an external monitor
5. Power switch For turning the analyzer on or placing it
in standby mode
6. Power cord socket For connecting the power cord
7. RS232 serial COMM For unidirectional communication from
port the ABL80 FLEX analyzer
8. USB Two ports for connection to a variety of
external devices
9. RJ45 Ethernet network Ethernet interface connection
port

2-4 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Solution pack

Introduction Quality management of the system is accomplished using a solution pack that
contains multiple levels of precision tonometered electrolyte solutions packaged in
gas tight disposable pouches. The solution pack provides the necessary fluids for
the calibration and quality control of all measured parameters.
Each solution pack contains a smart chip that provides information to the system
regarding the status of the solution pack. The analyzer automatically reads this
information when the solution pack is installed onto the analyzer and writes
additional information to the smart chip during use. This information includes the
following:
• Serial number of the pack
• Lot number for each of four solution pouches
• Install by date (the last day this solution pack can be installed onto an analyzer)
• Installation date (the date this solution pack was installed onto an analyzer)
• Analyzer serial number (the analyzer onto which this pack was installed)
• Number of allowable days in use
• True values for each parameter
• Quality control assigned values and acceptable ranges for each parameter
• Number of cycles for each pouch
• Version
The solution pack contains five pouches:
• Four pouches contain NIST traceable solutions with various concentrations of
tonometered gases, electrolytes and metabolites as well as dyes as required for
oximetry measurements (ABL80 FLEX CO-OX only).
• The fifth pouch collects all liquid waste, both from the internal solutions and all
external solutions including the biohazardous bodily fluids from patient samples.
The waste pouch contains an additive, which combines with the liquid waste to
form a gel. This gel limits spillage and provides an added level of safety.

SP types There are two solution packs, which are identified by the labeling. One is for use in
the ABL80 FLEX analyzer (referred to as the SP80) and the other in the ABL80
FLEX CO-OX analyzer (referred to as the SP80 CO-OX).

WARNING After use, the solution pack may contain material that is a biohazard. Avoid
contact with the waste inlet port. Clean any spillage and dispose of cleaning
materials and the solution pack in the accepted manner per institutional
biohazardous waste disposal guidelines.

Continued on next page

200908 2-5
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

Solution pack, Continued


Figures Solution pack

Front view Rear view

Internal View

Parts and The solution pack contains the following components:


functions
Item Part Function
1 Install by date The last day the solution pack can be installed
2 Lot number The lot number of the solution pack
3 Smart chip Provides specific information pertaining to the
solution pack
4 Solution ports Access ports for pouch solutions for use in the
analyzer
5 Waste port Entry point of waste fluids into waste pouch
6 Solution pouches Contain NIST traceable solutions; each a
unique lot of solutions
7 Waste pouch Contains all waste fluids

2-6 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Sensor cassettes - front and rear views

Introduction The sensor cassette is designed for use with whole blood or quality control
solutions. The sensor cassette contains a low volume, flow-through cell. All the
measuring sensors for pH, blood gas, electrolytes and glucose are contained in a
multi-use disposable cassette assembly. The cassette flowcell also contains a
reference electrode for the potentiometric sensors and an integral temperature
sensor and heating element for precise temperature control.
Each sensor cassette contains a smart chip that provides information to the system
regarding the type and status of each sensor cassette. The analyzer automatically
reads this information when the cassette is installed onto the analyzer. While in-use
the analyzer also records additional information on the smart chip. Information
recorded in the smart chip includes:
• Lot number
• Serial number
• Parameter panel
• Number of tests allowed
• Number of tests remaining
• Install by date (the last day this sensor cassette can be installed onto an
analyzer)
• Installation date (the date this cassette was first installed onto an analyzer)
• Analyzer serial number (the analyzer onto which this cassette is currently
installed)
• Expiration date (date this sensor cassette will expire once installed)

SC types There are two distinct sensor cassette designs. One is for use in the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer (referred to as the SC80) and the other in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX
analyzer (referred to as the SC80 CO-OX).

Continued on next page

200908 2-7
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

Sensor cassettes - front and rear views, Continued


Front view –
SC80

SC80

Parts and The table below describes the function of the parts above.
functions
Item Part Function
1. Sensor window Allows viewing of the measuring chamber. All
measuring sensors are located here.
2. Inlet flap For positioning the inlet probe. The lower (45°)
position is for syringe samples and QC ampoule
introduction. The upper (90°) position is for
capillary sample introduction.
3. Inlet probe For introducing all samples into the measuring
chamber.
4. Release latch For disengaging and removing the cassette
5. Peristaltic pump Transport path for all solutions to and from the
tubing measuring chamber.

Continued on next page

2-8 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Sensor cassettes - front and rear views, Continued


Top view – SC80

Rear view –
SC80

Parts and The table below describes the functions of the parts indicated above.
functions
Item Part Function
1. Serial number Provides sensor cassette serial number
label
2. Sensor Provides the electronic connection between
connection pins the sensor cassette and the analyzer
3. Connection For guiding the sensor cassette onto the
guide analyzer
4. Fluid port Transport path for fluids
5. Release latch For disengaging and removing the cassette
6. Lot number Displays the lot number of the sensor
cassette
7. Inlet flap For positioning the inlet probe
8. Install by date Displays the final day the sensor cassette can
be installed

Continued on next page

200908 2-9
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

Sensor cassette front and rear views, Continued


Front view –
SC80 CO-OX

Parts and The table below describes the function of the parts above.
functions –
SC80 CO-OX
Item Part Function
1. Sensor window Allows viewing of the measuring chamber. All
measuring sensors are located here.
2. Inlet probe For introducing all samples into the measuring
chamber
3. Inlet handle For raising the inlet probe to either a 45° angle for
syringe and ampoule samples or to a 90° angle for
capillary tube samples. Also controls the
automatic wiping mechanism that cleans the outer
surface of the inlet probe.
4. Guide Guides the placement of the sample
5. Release latch For disengaging and removing the cassette

Continued on next page

2-10 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Sensor cassette front and rear views, Continued


Top view – SC80
CO-OX

Rear view –
SC80 CO-OX

Parts and The table below describes the functions of the parts indicated above.
functions –
SC80 CO-OX
Item Part Function
1. Serial number Provides sensor cassette serial number
label
2. Sensor Provides the electronic connection between
connection pins the sensor cassette and the analyzer
3. Connection For guiding the sensor cassette onto the
guide analyzer
4. Fluid ports Transport path for fluids
5. Release latch For disengaging and removing the cassette
6. Lot number Displays the lot number of the sensor
cassette
7. Install by date Displays the final day the sensor cassette can
be installed
8. Inlet handle For raising and lowering the inlet probe
9. Guide Guides the placement of the sample

200908 2-11
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

Normal fluidics – FLEX

FLEX Fluidics This topic describes aspects of the fluid transport system to help in understanding
system and troubleshooting fluidic problems. The figure below identifies the components
of the fluidics system in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer (the version without CO-
oximetry).

Item Part Function


9. Inlet probe Pathway to introduce samples and flush system
solutions
10. Waste drain Collects fluids as they exit the inlet probe
11. Waste line Pathway for waste fluids
12. Flowcell Measuring chamber that contains the various
sensors
13. Roller assembly Activation of this wheel causes a peristaltic action
that transports samples into the flowcell and flushes
system solutions through the flowcell
14. Fluid port Point of entry of system solutions into the sensor
cassette flowcell
15. Side waste line Pathway for excess fluids during sample aspiration
16. Valve (V5) Allows or blocks passage of fluids to the side waste
line; maintains sample position during
measurement
17. Waste pump Transports waste fluids to the waste pouch in the
solution pack
18. V1-V4 Four valves that control which system solution is
drawn from the solution pack

Continued on next page

2-12 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Normal fluidics – FLEX, Continued

FLEX Fluidics
system Item Part Function
(continued) 19. Manifold unit Provides various fluid pathways to transport the
necessary solutions to the flowcell
20. Manifold luers These luers connect with the solution pack ports,
opening the solution pack pouch valves and
providing access to the pouch solutions
21. Solution pack Contains four solution pouches and one waste
pouch.
22. Solution pouch One of the four solution pouches (S1, S2, S3, S4)
23. Waste pouch The waste pouch within the solution pack. It
collects all waste, including calibration, QC and
sample solutions.

Sample When a sample is aspirated, the following steps occur:


introduction
• The roller assembly actively pulls the sample through the inlet probe and into
the sensor cassette measuring chamber
• The system signals the user to remove the device from which the sample was
drawn and lower the inlet probe
• The roller assembly actively pulls the sample a second time, positioning it in
place for measurement. The leading edge of the blood sample should rest part
way into the pump tubing. The trailing edge of the blood sample should rest
just outside the view of the user to the left of the measuring chamber window.
• The system collects sensor readings, assesses stability criteria and records the
final readings on the blood sample

Sample flush Following measurement on the blood sample, the system performs the following
steps to flush the sample and complete the sample measurement process:
• The roller assembly flushes the blood sample down into the waste drain using
Solution 1 from the solution pack
• The system collects sensor readings, assesses stability criteria and records the
final readings on the flush solution

Final results Final results of the blood sample are calculated and reported, based on the results
of the blood sample readings and the flush readings.

200908 2-13
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

Normal fluidics – CO-OX

Introduction This topic describes aspects of the fluid transport system to help in understanding
and troubleshooting fluidic problems. The figure below identifies the components
of the fluidics system in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer.

Item Part Function


1. Inlet probe Pathway to introduce samples and flush system
solutions
2. Waste luer Connects the waste port of the sensor cassette to the
analyzer’s waste line
3. Waste line Pathway for waste fluids
4. Flowcell Measuring chamber that contains the various
sensors
5. Fluid port Connection port between the sensor cassette
flowcell and the CO-oximeter
6. Pinch valve Closes the sample inlet line during oximetry
measurements
7. Hemolyzer Ultrasonically hemolyzes the sample in preparation
for oximetry measurements. The sample cuvette is
contained within the hemolyzer.
8. Liquid sensor Detects the presence of liquid distal to the
hemolyzer to ensure the sample reaches the
hemolyzer
9. Spectrometer Converts the light signals to currents which forms
the basis for the absorption spectrum

Continued on next page

2-14 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Normal fluidics – CO-OX, Continued

Introduction
(continued) Item Part Function
10. Sample pump Activation of this wheel causes a peristaltic action
that transports samples into the flowcell and
hemolyzer and flushes system solutions through the
flowcell and hemolyzer
11. Valve (V5) Allows or blocks passage of fluids to the side waste
line; maintains sample position during
measurement
12. Waste pump Transports waste fluids to the waste pouch in the
solution pack
13. Valves (V1-V4) Four valves that control which system solution is
drawn from the solution pack
14. Manifold Provides various fluid pathways to transport the
necessary solutions to the flowcell and hemolyzer
15. Manifold luers These luers connect with the solution pack ports,
opening the solution pack pouch valves and
providing access to the pouch solutions
16. Solution pack Contains four solution pouches and one waste
pouch
17. Solution pouch One of four solution pouches (S1, S2, S3, S4)
18. Waste pouch The waste pouch within the solution pack. It
collects all waste, including calibration, QC and
sample solutions

200908 2-15
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

ABL80 connections

2-16 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Major components – All ABL80 analyzers

Introduction This section describes the basic function of the major components that are common
to both the ABL80 FLEX and ABL80 CO-OX analyzers, along with the
connections between these components and other elements of the analyzer
Specific variations between the FLEX and CO-OX analyzers are noted below as
required.

Display board Description of function:


The display board serves as the video controller for the user interface display and
touch screen panel.
Connections:
• Computer base board via the display unit cable
• LCD display via its integrated cable
• Touch screen panel via its integrated ribbon cable

Computer base Description of function:


board
The computer base board serves as the base for the CPU board and all input/output
connections.
Connections:
• CPU board via direct connection
• Printer unit via the printer cable
• Display board via the display unit cable
• Internal barcode scanner via the barcode cable
• CD drive via the CD drive cable
• Power supply via the power harness cable
• Main distribution board (FLEX) or the spine board (CO-OX) via the power
harness cable
• Compact flash memory card is plugged into a direct connection to the computer
base board
• Cooling fan, computer unit via the integrated cable
• Cooling fan, EMI enclosure via the fan power cable (when the EMI enclosure is
installed)
• In addition, the computer base board contains these possible external
connections
o External barcode scanner via the PS2 port
o Mouse / keyboard via the PS2 ports
o Video output for an external monitor via the video output port
o COM 1 via the RS232 serial COMM port

200908 2-17
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

o Ethernet interface via the RJ45 Ethernet network port


o USB devices via two USB ports

CPU board Description of function:


The CPU board serves as the main computer processer for the analyzer. The CPU
also contains the FRAM memory board.
Connections:
• Computer base board via direct connection

Printer unit Description of function:


The printer unit serves as the primary ticket printer.
Connections:
• Computer base board via the printer cable

Power supply Description of function:


The power supply contains the voltage regulator circuit supplying DC power to the
analyzer components as well as a medical grade EMI filter. It charges the battery
pack and contains a battery pack disconnect circuit for use in the event that the
battery pack overheats. The power supply also includes a cooling fan and a set of
three LED lights to monitor battery status (see Chapter 8 Troubleshooting for more
information on these LED lights).
Connections:
• External AC power via region-specific power cable
• Battery pack unit via the integrated wiring harness
• Computer base board via the power harness cable
• Main distribution board (FLEX) or spine board (CO-OX) via the power harness
cable

Battery pack Description of function:


The battery pack contains four lithium ion cells and a circuit board. This circuit
board includes a fuel gauge chip to evaluate the remaining battery capacity and
communicates this status to the application software. This circuit board also
provides a safety circuit chip should the battery pack overheat.
Connections:
• Power supply via the integrated wiring harness

Waste pump Description of function:


assembled
The waste pump assembled (motor and pump head)pulls fluid from the waste
drain/port into the waste bag in the solution pack.
Connections:
• Main distribution board (FLEX) or the spine board (CO-OX) via the waste
motor cable.

2-18 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Waste manifold Description of function:


The waste manifold provides a fluid pathway from the waste pump head to the
waste port of the solution pack.
Note: If there is a blockage in the waste line then the tubing from the waste pump
head to the waste manifold luer is designed to disconnect. This will relieve the
excessive pressure in the line and help contain any fluids that may escape the
tubing system.
Connections:
• Waste pump head via tubing
• Solution pack waste port via waste manifold luer

200908 2-19
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

Major components – ABL80 FLEX analyzer

Introduction This section identifies the major components unique to the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Main Description of function:


distribution
The main distribution board is the interface for all electronics, providing data to the
board
computer unit using the USB protocol. It contains the circuitry for the 1-wire
system. The main distribution board drives and controls the manifold valves and
the waste pump motor.
Connections:
• Computer base board via the power harness cable
• Signal data board via direct connection
• Power supply via the power harness cable
• ABL80 iButton via direct connection
• SP80 iButton via the iButton probe board cable
• Manifold valves via the integrated valve cable connector
• Waste pump via the integrated waste pump motor cable

Sensor board Description of function:


The sensor board provides a passive electrical interface between the 24 pins of the
sensor cassette and the signal data board.
Connections:
• Sensor cassette via direct connection
• Signal data board via the sensor board cable

Signal data Description of function:


board
The signal data board converts the analog signals from the sensor cassette to digital
data for use by the system. It also contains heater circuitry and a battery that
maintains the “zero” for each parameter channel. This board also controls and
drives the roller (sample) pump.
Connections:
• Main distribution board via direct connection
• Sensor board via the sensor board cable
• Opto sensor, SC80 via the integrated opto sensor cable
• Opto sensor, SP latch via the integrated opto sensor cable
• Roller motor via the integrated roller motor cable

2-20 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Major components – ABL80 CO-OX analyzer

Introduction This section identifies the major components unique to the ABL80 CO-OX
analyzer.

Analog board Description of function:


The analog board converts the analog signals from the sensor cassette to digital
data for use by the system. It also contains heater circuitry and a battery that
maintains the “zero” for each parameter channel.
Connections:
• Sensor connector board via direct connection
• Spine board via the analog board cable
• SP80 latch opto sensor via the integrated opto sensor cable

CO-OX control Description of function:


board
The CO-OX control board controls all fluid movement. This board drives and
controls the sample pump motor, the front cover unit cooling fan, the SC80 opto
sensor board, the hemolyzer and the spectrometer. The CO-OX control board
contains the circuitry necessary to control the sample analysis of all CO-OX
parameters, measured and derived. The CO-OX control board is self contained
with its own firmware and processor.
Connections:
• Spine board via the CO-OX power cable
• Hemolyzer assembly via the hemolyzer cable
• Spectrometer assembly via the spectrometer cable
• Peristaltic pump motor assembly via the integrated pump motor cable
• Cooling fan, CO-OX via the integrated cooling fan cable
• Opto-sensor board via the opto-sensor board cable

Hemolyzer Description of function:


assembly
The hemolyzer assembly uses an ultrasonic process to hemolyze the sample. The
hemolyzer assembly contains the following:
• Sample cuvette
• Neon lamp for calibration
• LED Light source for sample measurement
• Heater element to ensure that the sample is at the correct temperature
• Electronics to perform ultrasonic hemolyzation (breaking up of red blood
cells)
Connections:
• CO-OX control board via the hemolyzer cable

200908 2-21
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

• Spectrometer via the integrated hemolyzer fiber-optic cable


• Liquid sensor via the integrated liquid sensor cable
• Pinch valve via the integrated pinch valve cable

Liquid sensor Description of function:


The liquid sensor detects the presence of fluid and is used to ensure the sample has
reached the hemolyzer cuvette. The liquid sensor is also used to detect whether a
blockage in the fluid path has occurred.
Connections:
• Hemolyzer assembly via the integrated liquid sensor cable

Opto-sensor Description of function:


board
The opto-sensor board is used to detect the position of the sensor cassette inlet
probe (raised or lowered). The board contains both the opto sensor and opto sensor
circuitry.
Connections:
• CO-OX control board via the opto-sensor board cable.

Peristaltic pump Description of function:


motor assembly
The peristaltic pump motor assembly is a bi-directional pump used to move fluid
through the system, both during sample aspiration and system flushes. The
function of this pump is critical because it controls the sample volume. In
conjunction with the pinch valve, this pump also creates back pressure inside the
hemolyzer during CO-OX measurements to improve hemolysis and eliminate air
bubbles.
Connections:
• CO-OX control board via the integrated pump motor cable

Pinch valve Description of function:


The pinch valve is used to create back pressure inside the hemolyzer to improve
hemolysis and eliminate air bubbles. The valve also helps to automatically remove
air bubbles from the fluidic pathway, including the sensor cassette, during flush
cycles. The valve produces an audible click when closed, providing a convenient
indication of proper function.
Connections:
• Hemolyzer assembly via the integrated pinch valve cable

Sensor Description of function:


connector board
The sensor board provides a passive electrical interface between the 24 pins of the
sensor cassette and the analog board.
Connections:
• Analog board via direct connection

2-22 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Spectrometer Description of function:


assembly The spectrometer assembly contains electronics to convert light signals from the
hemolyzer assembly (via the fiber-optic cable) into electrical signals for data
processing.
Connections:
• Hemolyzer via the hemolyzer’s integrated fiber-optic cable
• CO-OX control board via the spectrometer cable

Spine board Description of function:


The spine board converts the conditioned analog signals from the analog board to
digital data. It is the interface board for all electronics, providing data to the
computer unit via the USB protocol. In addition, the spine board contains the
analyzer iButton and drives and controls the manifold valves. The spine board also
contains important circuitry for the 1-wire system.
Connections:
• Analog board via the analog board cable
• Computer base board through the power harness
• Power supply through the power harness
• iButton, ABL80 via direct connection
• SP80 iButton through the iButton probe board cable
• Waste pump assembled via the integrated waste pump motor cable
• Manifold valves via the integrated valve cable connector

200908 2-23
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

Electrical connections – ABL80 CO-OX analyzer

Introduction This chart shows the electrical connections within the ABL80 CO-OX analyzer
and the fiber-optic connection between the spectrometer assembly and the
hemolyzer assembly.

2-24 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Fluidics connections – ABL80 CO-OX analyzer

Introduction This chart shows the fluidic connections within the ABL80 CO-OX analyzer.

200908 2-25
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

Block diagrams

Introduction This section shows block diagrams of all ABL80 analyzer versions. The diagrams
indicate the paths for data and power transmission between the units and
components.
FLEX
Analyzer

Continued on next page

2-26 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Block diagrams, Continued

CO-OX
Analyzer

200908 2-27
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

Analyzer power

Power up the Follow the steps below to turn on the analyzer.


analyzer
Note: The analyzer will not boot up properly if a USB memory stick is connected to
either USB port at the rear of the analyzer. Remove any USB memory stick prior to
powering up the analyzer.

Step Action
1. Insert the power cord into the
power cord socket, labeled

at the rear of the analyzer.

2. Connect the three-pronged power cord to an AC source.


3.
Press and hold the upper half of the power switch, labeled at the
rear of the analyzer for at least three seconds. An internal click
along with a flickering light from the analyzer display signifies
the power has been turned on.
4. Release the power switch and allow the analyzer operating
system and application software to load. This process will take
approximately three minutes.

Continued on next page

2-28 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Analyzer power, Continued


Powering down Follow the steps below to turn off the analyzer.
the analyzer
Step Action
1. From the main menu, press Menu then select Shutdown.

2. The system will display a question box asking whether or not to


power down the analyzer.
• Press Yes to continue with the shutdown procedure
• Press No to cancel and return to the main menu
CAUTION: It is very important that the analyzer always be
powered down through the software application. Pressing the
power on/off switch at the back of the analyzer while the
application is running can result in file corruption.

200908 2-29
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

Installing consumables

Introduction The ABL80 FLEX system contains three consumable items: printer paper, a
solution pack and a sensor cassette.

Print queue The analyzer has a print queue that will store up to six print jobs. If the printer is
not able to print for any reason (e.g. out of paper) it will store only the last six print
jobs. Once able to print, the printer will automatically print all jobs in the print
queue.

Printer paper When the paper roll is near the end, a red mark will appear on the paper. Follow
the steps below to load/replace the printer paper. Replace the paper roll as soon as
the red mark appears. Using the last few lengths of paper from the roll can cause
the paper to jam in the printer.
Step Action
1. Press the release latch (see arrow)
to disengage the printer cover.

2. Slide the clam-shell cover back to


expose the paper roll
compartment.

3. Remove any existing roll of paper, as necessary.


4. Lay a new roll of paper inside the
cavity, with the free end of the
paper coming forward off the roll
from the bottom. Ensure the free
end of the paper extends beyond
the lip of the printer cover.
5. Slide the clam-shell cover forward and press down on the cover over
the raised lines (see arrow). Installation is complete when the cover
snaps into place, securing the paper.

Continued on next page

2-30 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 2. Analyzer description

Installing consumables, Continued


Solution pack Please refer to ABL80 FLEX Operator’s Manual – Chapter 8, Install for
and sensor instructions on the installation of the ABL80 FLEX solution pack and sensor
cassette cassette.

200908 2-31
2. Analyzer description ABL80 FLEX service manual

2-32 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

3. Parts list
Overview

Introduction All spare parts available for both the ABL80 FLEX analyzer (without CO-OX) and
ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer are listed in this chapter. This chapter also
includes exploded diagrams of the various sections to ease the identification of the
parts.
Service parts that have “FLEX” or “CO-OX” as part of the items description are
intended for that analyzer only, such as Front Cover Unit, CO-OX. Parts that have
“ABL80” in the item description may be used in all ABL80 analyzers, such as the
Barcode Scanner.
Parts that do not specify a device may be used for multiple analyzers, such as
Printer Paper or Power Cords which may be used in all versions of the ABL77 or
ABL80 analyzers.
The spare parts list specifies the extent the analyzer may be serviced. Only the
parts listed may be replaced.
An item with “N/A” in the REF field indicates that this component is supplied with
the service kit identified in the [square brackets] and cannot be ordered separately.
These parts are identified here for reference purposes only.
The recommended tools list specifies the tools that are used to service the analyzer.
This list also identifies the area of use for each tool.
Hardware spare parts that are ordered in pack quantities, such as screws and
washers, are listed as quantity per pack in the Recommended Parts and Hardware
section. When ordering spare parts or tools, always include the REF number and
the description of the part.

Continued on next page

200909 3-1
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Overview, Continued

Contents This chapter contains the following topics.


Overview........................................................................................................................3-1
Computer Units..............................................................................................................3-4
Units......................................................................................................................... 3-6
External parts .................................................................................................................3-8
Parts....................................................................................................................... 3-10
Printer unit ...................................................................................................... 3-12
Display unit..................................................................................................... 3-14
Computer unit, ABL80 FLEX......................................................................................3-16
Computer unit, ABL80 FLEX CO-OX ........................................................................3-18
Front cover unit, ABL80 FLEX...................................................................... 3-20
Front cover unit, ABL80 FLEX CO-OX ........................................................ 3-22
Boards and cables.................................................................................... 3-24
CO-oximeter............................................................................................ 3-26
Front cover assembly .............................................................................. 3-28
Major components, ABL80 FLEX - front ...................................................... 3-30
Major components, ABL80 FLEX CO-OX - front......................................... 3-32
Major components - rear ................................................................................. 3-34
Boards ............................................................................................................. 3-36
Recommended tools ............................................................................................. 3-37
Recommended parts and hardware.................................................................... 3-38

3-2 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

This page intentionally left blank.

200909 3-3
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Computer Units

Introduction When replacing the computer unit or computer and base board assembly, the CPU
version being replaced must be determined to establish which parts must be
ordered. This page defines the differences in the computer units for the ABL80
analyzer and the requirements when changing the computer unit.

WARNING/ The software operating system (image) stored on the CF card is unique for each
CAUTION: CPU. The CF card must be programmed for the appropriate CPU and analyzer
type (FLEX or CO-OX).
• If a CF card is installed with the ESM-2640 image in the ESM-2743 CPU then
during boot-up the analyzer will stop at the Windows BSOD (Blue Screen Of
Death) prior to the ABL80 logo boot screen.
• If a CF card is installed with the ESM-2743 image in the ESM-2640 CPU then
during boot-up the analyzer will lock up at the ABL80 logo boot screen.

NOTE: The ESM-2743 CPU is included in all analyzers beginning with the serial
numbers 301537 for the ABL80 FLEX and 301541 for the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX
analyzer.

Instructions Use the following table to determine what computer unit or computer and base
board assembly is installed in the analyzer and what items will need to be ordered.

Stage Description
1 Determine what type of CPU is installed in the computer unit. The
older 2640 CPU is no longer available so replacement of this older
version will require additional hardware upgrades as described here.
a. If the computer unit has vertical slots over the loudspeaker then it
has an ESM-2743 CPU. The computer unit or computer and base
board assembly may be replaced without additional components.
Continue to the computer unit replacement sections, starting on page
3-16.
b. If the computer unit has a single large opening over the loudspeaker
then it may be either the original ESM-2640 CPU or an ESM-2743
CPU.
• Remove the CF card and look for a label containing a REF
number and a description. If there is no label on the CF card then
the computer unit contains an ESM-2640 CPU. Continue below.
• If there is a label on the CF card but there is no number in the
description on the label then the CPU is an ESM-2640. Continue
below.
• If the description on the label includes the numbers “2743” then
the CPU is an ESM-2743. In this case the computer unit or
computer and base board assembly may be replaced without
ordering any additional components. Continue to the computer
unit replacement sections, starting on page 3-16.

Continued on next page

3-4 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Computer Units, Continued

Instructions
(continued) Stage Description
2 Whenever an ESM-2743 CPU is installed into an analyzer, that
analyzer must also include an EMI enclosure and a shielded rear cover
to meet all EMI/EMC requirements. All ABL80 CO-OX analyzers
already include an EMI enclosure and a shielded back cover.
• If replacing the computer unit or computer and base board
assembly in an ABL80 CO-OX analyzer, proceed to step 7.
• If replacing the computer unit or computer and base board
assembly in an ABL80 FLEX analyzer, continue with step 5.
3 If there is no EMI enclosure present in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer
then an EMI enclosure assembly kit (REF 905-894) must be ordered
and installed.
4 Determine if the ABL80 FLEX back cover is shielded by looking at
the inside of the back cover.
• If the inside of the cover has a metallic silver or copper
appearance then the cover is shielded and can be used with the
ESM-2743 CPU.
• If the inside of the cover has the same appearance as the outside of
the cover then the cover is not shielded and a shielded cover must
be ordered (REF 924-824).
5 If the CF card does not have a label or the label does not say “2743” in
the description then a replacement CF card must be ordered with the
new computer unit (or computer and baseboard assembly).
IMPORTANT: The CF card configuration must be correctly matched
to the analyzer type and CPU model.
• Refer to page 3-16 for the ABL80 FLEX CF card configurations
• Refer to page 3-18 for the ABL80 CO-OX CF card configurations

200909 3-5
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Units

Introduction This section lists the spare parts available for replacing full units or external parts.
The item number in the left column refers to Table 8-1.

NOTE: A Unit is a group of ABL80 components that may be replaced as a single part.
Individual components may also be replaced as indicated further in this chapter.

Item REF Quantity Description


1. 902-993 1 Display unit
2. 905-887 1 Front cover unit, CO-OX
3. 903-150 1 Computer unit, ABL80 2743 (CPU)

Table 8-1 REF Figure


1.

2.

Continued on next page

3-6 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Units, Continued

Table 8-1
(continued) REF Figure
3.

200909 3-7
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

External parts

Introduction This section lists external parts that can be ordered for use with any ABL80 FLEX
analyzer version.

Item REF Quantity Description


1. 615-406 1 Power cord (USA)
2. 902-994 1 Barcode scanner, external, ABL80
Includes: 1-External barcode scanner holder with
hardware (item 4)
3. 636-525 1 Barcode scanner cable, external, ABL80
4. 924-572 1 External barcode scanner holder with hardware

Continued on next page

3-8 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Units, Continued

Table 8-2 REF Figure


1.

2.

3.

4.

200909 3-9
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Parts

Introduction This section lists the spare parts available for servicing all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.
NOTE: N/A indicates that this part is only available in the indicated kit.

3-10 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

This page intentionally left blank.

200909 3-11
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Printer unit

Spare parts This section lists the spare parts in the printer unit. The “Item No.” refers to the
available exploded views in Figure 8-2.

Item No. REF Quantity Description


1. 903-001 1 Printer Unit
2. 924-695 1 Retaining washer, nylon, .265”
3. 902-985 1 Printer control board
4. 636-523 1 Printer cable
5. 046-122 1 Washer, M4.3
6. 008-953 1 Screw, M3x8
7. 924-761 1 ABL80 printer lever

Continued on next page

3-12 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Printer unit, Continued

Exploded view

Figure 8-2

200909 3-13
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Display unit

Spare parts This section lists the spare parts in the display unit. The “Item No.” refers to the
available exploded views in Figure 8-3 on the following page.

Item No. REF Quantity Description


1. 008-946 4 Screw, M3x6
2. 886-670 1 Display back cover
3. 311-052 1 Display screen assembly with bracket
4. 552-039 1 Touch panel
5. 886-671 1 Display front cover
6. 008-949 4 Screw, M4x6
7. 888-732 1 Display hinge kit, left
Includes: 1-Hinge assembly, 2-screws (item
11) and 2-washers (item 12)
8. 888-728 1 Display arm, left
9. 888-731 1 Display hinge kit, right
Includes: 1-Hinge assembly, 2-screws (item
11) and 2-washers (item 12)
10. 888-729 1 Display arm, right
11. N/A 4 Washer, M4 [Hinge kits]
12. N/A 4 Screw, M4x8 Allen head [Hinge kits]
13. 636-527 1 Display unit cable
14. 008-947 4 Screw, M3x4
15. 902-986 1 Display board

Continued on next page

3-14 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Display unit, Continued

Exploded view

Figure 8-3

200909 3-15
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Computer unit, ABL80 FLEX

Spare parts This section lists the spare parts in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer (without CO-OX)
available computer unit. The “Item No.” refers to the exploded views in Figure 8-4 on the
following page.

Item No. REF Quantity Description


1. 910-316 1 CD drive
Includes: 1-CD drive connector board (item 7),
2-screws (item 6) and 2-spacers
2. 903-149 1 Computer and base board assembly 2743
3. 888-800 2 EMI Shielding Strip (one on each side)
4. 008-951 2 Screw, M2x4
5. 431-021 1 Coin cell battery, 3V
6. 008-957 2 Screw, M2.5 x 16mm
7. N/A 1 CD drive connector board [CD drive]
8. 636-528 1 CD drive cable
9. 636-520 1 Cooling fan, FLEX
10. 032-920 2 Hex nut, M3
11. 914-723 1 Compact flash memory card, FLEX
914-993 Compact flash memory card, FLEX 2743
12. 910-292 1 Loudspeaker
13. 888-797 1 Loudspeaker bracket
14. 008-947 1 Screw, M3x4
15. 008-943 4 Screw, M2.5x5
16. 902-992 1 Barcode scanner, internal
17. 921-506 1 Barcode lens

Continued on next page

3-16 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Computer unit, ABL80 FLEX, Continued

Exploded view

Figure 8-4

200909 3-17
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Computer unit, ABL80 FLEX CO-OX

Spare parts This section lists the parts in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer computer unit.
available The “Item No.” refers to the exploded views in Figure 8-5 on the following page.

Item No. REF Quantity Description


1. 910-316 1 CD drive
Includes: 1-CD drive connector board (item 7),
2-screws (item 6) and 2-spacers
2. 903-149 1 Computer and base board assembly 2743
3. 008-951 2 Screw, M2x4
4. 888-800 2 EMI Shielding Strip (one on each side)
5. 039-888 2 EMI standoff
6. 905-882 1 EMI enclosure
7. 580-414 1 Cooling fan, EMI enclosure
8. 008-946 2 Screw, M3x6
9. 008-959 4 Screw, M3x20
10. 048-824 4 Washer, lock M3
11. 046-107 4 Washer #6
12. 636-523 1 Printer cable
13. 431-021 1 Coin cell battery, 3V
14. N/A 1 CD drive connector board [CD drive]
15. 008-957 2 Screw, M2.5 x 16mm
16. 636-528 1 CD drive cable
17. 636-653 1 Fan power cable
18. 580-415 1 Cooling fan, EMI computer unit
19. 032-920 2 Hex nut, M3
20. 914-961 1 Compact flash memory card, CO-OX
914-998 Compact flash memory card, CO-OX 2743
21. 905-893 1 Loudspeaker and loudspeaker bracket
22. 008-947 1 Screw, M3x4
23. 008-943 3 Screw, M2.5x5
24. 888-834 1 Barcode bracket
25. 924-853 1 Barcode insulator

Continued on next page

3-18 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Computer unit, ABL80 FLEX CO-OX, Continued

Spare parts
available Item No. REF Quantity Description
(continued) 26. 902-992 1 Barcode scanner, internal
Includes: 1- screw (item 24), 1-bracket (item
25) and 1-insulator (item 26)
27. 636-655 1 Barcode cable

Exploded view

Figure 8-5

200909 3-19
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Front cover unit, ABL80 FLEX

Spare parts This section lists the spare parts in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer (without CO-OX)
available front cover unit and associated parts. The “Item No.” refers to the exploded views
in Figure 8-6 on the following page.

Item No. REF Quantity Description


1. 924-738 1 Front cover unit
Includes: 1-Waste drain assembly (item 12),
1 set of hinges (items 21 and 22)
2. 921-506 1 Barcode lens
3. 580-093 1 Roller motor
4. 008-949 2 Screw, M4x6
5. 923-539 3 Front cover unit standoff
6. 008-946 11 Screw, M3x6
7. 902-972 1 Sensor board
8. 046-122 2 Washer, M4.3
9. 008-947 2 Screw, M3x4
10. 902-975 2 Opto sensor
11. 008-943 2 Screw, M2.5x5
12. 902-999 1 Waste drain assembly
13. 924-663 1 Signal data board support
14. 636-524 1 Sensor board cable
15. 888-734 1 SP latch plate
16. 903-104 1 Waste line check valve [Waste tubing set]
17. 902-998 1 Waste tubing set
Includes: 1-Waste line check valve (item 16),
1-Sensor luer tubing (item 18)
18. 842-859 1 Sensor luer tubing [Waste tubing set]

19. 902-971 1 Roller assembly


Includes: 1-Roller assembly spacer (item 20)
20. N/A 1 Roller assembly spacer [Roller assembly]
21. N/A 2 Sliding hinge
22. N/A 2 Pivoting hinge
23. 888-726 1 SP opto sensor bracket

24. 902-995 1 Sensor luer assembly

25. 902-996 1 Cassette post assembly

Continued on next page

3-20 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Front cover unit, ABL80 FLEX, Continued

Exploded view

Figure 8-6

200909 3-21
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Front cover unit, ABL80 FLEX CO-OX

Introduction The front cover unit of the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer is a sizeable assembly.
To better identify the components of this unit, this section has been divided into
topics.

Contents This section contains the following topics.


Boards and cables................................................................................................. 3-24
CO-oximeter ......................................................................................................... 3-26
Front cover assembly ........................................................................................... 3-28

Continued on next page

3-22 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Computer unit, ABL80 FLEX CO-OX, Continued

Front cover unit The front cover unit, CO-OX (REF: 905-887) assembly is separated based on the
diagram divisions shown in Figure 8-7.

Figure 8-7

200909 3-23
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Boards and cables

Spare parts This section lists the boards and cables spare parts in the front cover unit of the
available ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer. The “Item No.” refers to the exploded views in
Figure 8-8 on the following page.

Item No. REF Quantity Description


1. 636-640 1 CO-OX power cable
2. 636-643 1 Spectrometer cable
3. 636-644 1 Hemolyzer cable
4. 636-645 1 Analog board cable
5. 048-824 4 Washer, lock, M3
6. 008-946 9 Screw, M3x6
7. 903-114 1 Analog board
8. 924-322 1 Cable Clamp, Upper Module
9. 888-817 1 Bracket, CO-OX control board
10. 903-188 1 CO-OX control board

Continued on next page

3-24 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Boards and cables, Continued

Exploded view

Figure 8-8

200909 3-25
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

CO-oximeter

Spare parts This section lists the CO-oximeter spare parts in the front cover unit of the CO-OX
available analyzer. The “Item No.” refers to the exploded views in Figure 8-9 on the
following page.

Item No. REF Quantity Description


1. 905-886 1 Spectrometer assembly
2. 048-824 4 Washer, lock M3
3. 008-946 3 Screw, M3x6
4. 008-947 2 Screw, M3x4
905-880 1 Hemolyzer tubing kit
Includes items 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 below, the tubing
reducers (item 17 / page 3-28), sensor luer
tubing (one piece of item 6 / page 3-20) and
the peristaltic pump head (848-035 / item 18 /
page 3-28)
5. N/A 2 Tubing clamp
6. N/A 1 Tubing clamp, hemolyzer
7. N/A 1 Tubing, 0.020” ID, 1.6 inch
8. N/A 1 Tubing, 0.020” ID, 1.2 inch
9. 905-884 1 Liquid sensor
Includes items 5 (quantity 1) and 7 above
10. 008-953 2 Screw, M3x8
11. 046-107 2 Washer, flat #6
12. 888-821 1 Hemolyzer bracket
13. 905-885 1 Hemolyzer assembly
Includes items 5 (quantity 2), 6, 7 and 8
14. 903-143 1 Pinch valve, ABL80
15. 888-818 1 Bracket, pinch valve

Continued on next page

3-26 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

CO-oximeter, Continued

Exploded view

Figure 8-9

200909 3-27
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Front cover assembly

Spare parts This section lists the additional spare parts in the front cover unit of the ABL80
available FLEX CO-OX analyzer. The “Item No.” refers to the exploded views in Figure 8-
10 on the following page.

Item No. REF Quantity Description


1. 978-823 1 Front cover, CO-OX
2. 921-506 1 Barcode lens
3. N/A 2 Washer, #8
4. 032-908 2 Hex nut, 10-32
5. 903-109 1 Sensor connector board
6. 046-122 3 Washer, flat M4.3
7. 008-947 3 Screw, M3x4
8. 008-938 4 Screw, 6-32 x 1/4 inch
9. 636-646 1 Opto sensor board cable
10. 903-108 1 Opto sensor board
11. 008-956 2 Screw, M2.5x8
12. 923-539 2 Front cover unit, standoff
13. 039-886 1 Front cover unit, CO-OX, standoff
14. 580-416 1 Cooling fan, CO-OX
15. 842-859 1 Sensor luer tubing
16. 888-820 1 Bracket, cooling fan, CO-OX
17. 008-953 1 Screw, M3x8
18. N/A 2 Tubing reducer (part of item 5 / page 3-26)
19. 848-038 1 Peristaltic pump head
20. 008-953 2 Screw, M3x8
21. 048-824 2 Washer, lock M3
22. 905-883 1 Peristaltic pump motor assembly
23. 924-825 1 Drip shield
24. 905-878 1 Waste drain luer assembly
Includes items 3 and 4 above (quantity 1 each)
25. 902-996 1 Cassette post assembly
Includes items 6 and 8 above (quantity 1 each)
26. 905-877 1 Inlet mini luer assembly
Includes items 3 and 4 above (quantity 1 each)

Continued on next page

3-28 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Front cover assembly, Continued

Exploded view

Figure 8-10

200909 3-29
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Major components, ABL80 FLEX - front

Spare parts This section lists the major components that are spare parts from the front view of
available the ABL80 FLEX analyzer (without CO-OX). The “Item No.” refers to the
exploded views in Figure 8-11 on the following page.

Item No. REF Quantity Description


1. 886-674 1 Handle
2. N/A 2 Screw, M3x10 [Handle post kit]
3. 048-824 2 Washer, M3 [Handle post kit]
4. 886-673 2 Handle post kit
Includes: 1-handle post, 1-screw (item 2) and
1-washer (item 3)
5. 888-725 1 Base housing (Serialized) – special order item
6. 902-968 1 Signal data board
7. 924-694 1 Barcode assembly support
Includes: 1-screw (item 8)
8. N/A 1 Screw, M3x8 [Barcode assembly support]
9. 008-946 5 Screw, M3x6
10. 046-121 1 Strain relief, .25 inch
11. 903-000 1 SP door latch unit
12. 924-824 1 Back cover, ABL80
13. 008-950 4 Screw, M4x10

Continued on next page

3-30 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Major components, ABL80 FLEX - front, Continued

Exploded view

Figure 8-11

200909 3-31
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Major components, ABL80 FLEX CO-OX - front

Spare parts This section lists the major components that are spare parts from the front view of
available the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer. The “Item No.” refers to the exploded views
in Figure 8-12 on the following page.

Item No. REF Quantity Description


1. 886-674 1 Handle
2. N/A 2 Screw, M3x10 [Handle post kit]
3. 048-824 2 Washer, M3 [Handle post kit]
4. 886-673 2 Handle post kit
Includes: 1-handle post, 1-screw (item 2) and
1-washer (item 3)
5. 888-725 1 Base housing (Serialized) – special order item
6. 888-819 1 SP Latch plate, CO-OX
7. 924-322 1 Cable Clamp, Upper Module
8. 008-946 9 Screw, M3x6
9. 902-975 1 Opto sensor
10. 888-726 1 SP opto sensor bracket
11. 924-694 1 Barcode assembly support
Includes: 1-screw (item 8)
12. N/A 1 Screw, M3x8 [Barcode assembly support]
13. 046-121 1 Strain relief, .25 inch
14. 903-000 1 SP door latch unit
15. 905-879 1 Waste tubing kit, CO-OX
Includes: waste line check valve (item 16)
16. 903-104 1 Waste line check valve [Waste tubing kit]
17. 924-824 1 Back cover, ABL80
18. 008-950 4 Screw, M4x10

Continued on next page

3-32 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Major components, ABL80 FLEX CO-OX - front, Continued

Exploded view

Figure 8-12

200909 3-33
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Major components - rear

Spare parts This section lists the major components that are spare parts from the back view of
available all analyzer versions. The “Item No.” refers to the exploded views in Figure 8-13
on the following page.

Item No. REF Quantity Description


1. 888-735 1 Main frame
2. 008-949 6 Screw, M4x6
3. 008-955 3 Screw, M4x20
4. 903-099 1 Manifold unit
5. 008-944 2 Screw, M3x25
6. 636-521 1 Power harness cable
7. 902-970 1 Power supply
8. 008-945 5 Screw, M3x10
9. 835-492 2 O-ring, waste manifold luer
10. 903-163 1 Waste manifold
11. 008-946 14 Screw, M3x6
12. 431-020 1 Battery pack, ABL80
13. 888-736 1 Battery pack bracket
14. 902-974 1 Waste pump assembled – includes 902-990
15. 008-953 2 Screw, M3x8
16. 902-990 1 Waste pump head replacement, ABL80
17. 636-642 1 iButton probe board cable
18. 032-918 1 Hex nut, M18
19. 902-989 1 iButton probe board
20. 032-921 1 Locking nut
21. 551-196 1 iButton probe base
22. 855-160 5 Foot
23. 903-170 1 Main distribution board (FLEX analyzer only)
903-115 Spine board, CO-OX (CO-OX analyzer only)
24. 551-195 1 ABL80 iButton (Serialized) – special order
item for the FLEX analyzer only
551-197 1 ABL80 iButton, CO-OX (Serialized) – special
order item for the CO-OX analyzer only

Continued on next page

3-34 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Major components - rear, Continued

Exploded view

Figure 8-13

200909 3-35
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Boards

Spare parts This section shows the difference between the distribution boards that are accessed
available through the back of the analyzer. The “Item No.” refers to the figures below.

Item No. REF Quantity Description


1. 903-170 1 Main distribution board (FLEX analyzer only)
2. 903-115 1 Spine board, CO-OX (CO-OX analyzer only)

Exploded view

Item No. 1 Item No. 2

3-36 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Recommended tools

Introduction This section lists the recommended tools and test equipment for servicing all
versions of the ABL80 FLEX analyzer. Parts marked “N/A” in the “REF” column
are to be purchased locally.

REF Description Purpose


N/A Adjustable wrench iButton probe
N/A #1 Phillips head screwdriver Multiple
N/A #1 Phillips head screwdriver, Stubby Multiple
N/A #2 Phillips head screwdriver Multiple
N/A PS/2 keyboard or USB keyboard Various operations
(see note below)
N/A USB flash memory, ≥128Mb Download databases and other
files during troubleshooting
activities
902-982 ABL80 FLEX zeroing cassette Calibration
903-123 ABL80 CO-OX zeroing cassette Calibration
905-674 ABL80 FLEX fluidics kit Cleaning
905-889 ABL80 FLEX CO-OX fluidics kit Cleaning
920-722 Allen wrench 1/16” Roller wheel
920-727 5/16” nut driver Luer assembly
920-747 M3 Allen wrench Display hinges
920-748 5.5mm nut driver Cooling fan
920-750 #1 Phillips head screwdriver, long Front cover unit
991-265 Loctite 222 adhesive Luer assembly, cassette post

Use of keyboard A keyboard may be connected to the analyzer in different ways as follows:
NOTE: The analyzer must be restarted to detect the PS/2 keyboard.
• A PS/2 keyboard via the Barcode / Keyboard port
• A USB keyboard via an open USB connector
• Any keyboard with an adapter that allows connection to a PS/2 or USB port

200909 3-37
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Recommended parts and hardware

Parts list The following is a complete list of all service parts available for the ABL80. The
table identifies when an item is unique to one analyzer type (FLEX or CO-OX).
The list also includes the quantity of items supplied with each individual order.
Ref Quantity Description FLEX CO-OX
008-938 100 Screw, 6-32 x 1/4 inch X
008-943 4 Screw, M2.5x5
008-944 2 Screw, M3x25
008-945 5 Screw, M3x10
008-946 10 Screw, M3x6
008-947 4 Screw, M3x4
008-949 2 Screw, M4x6
008-950 4 Screw, M4x10
008-951 2 Screw, M2x4
008-953 2 Screw, M3x8
008-955 2 Screw, M4x20
008-956 2 Screw, M2.5x8 X
008-957 2 Screw, M2.5 x 16mm
008-959 4 Screw, M3x20
032-908 100 Hex nut, 10-32 X
032-918 1 Hex nut, M18
032-920 2 Hex nut, M3
032-921 1 Locking nut
039-886 1 Front cover unit, CO-OX, standoff X
039-888 2 EMI standoff
046-107 100 Washer #6
046-121 1 Strain relief, .25 inch
046-122 4 Washer, M4.3
048-824 4 Washer, lock M3
311-052 1 Display screen assembly with bracket
431-020 1 Battery pack, ABL80
431-021 1 Coin cell battery, 3V

Continued on next page

3-38 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Recommended parts and hardware, Continued

Ref Quantity Description FLEX CO-OX


551-195 1 ABL80 iButton (Serialized) – special X
order item
551-197 1 ABL80 iButton, CO-OX (Serialized) – X
special order item
551-196 1 iButton probe base
552-039 1 Touch panel
580-093 1 Roller motor X
580-414 1 Cooling fan, EMI enclosure
580-415 1 Cooling fan, EMI computer unit
580-416 1 Cooling fan, CO-OX X
615-406 1 Power cord (USA)
636-520 1 Cooling fan, FLEX X
636-521 1 Power harness cable
636-523 1 Printer cable
636-524 1 Sensor board cable X
636-525 1 Barcode scanner cable, external,
ABL80
636-527 1 Display unit cable
636-528 1 CD drive cable
636-640 1 CO-OX power cable X
636-642 1 iButton probe board cable
636-643 1 Spectrometer cable X
636-644 1 Hemolyzer cable X
636-645 1 Analog board cable X
636-646 1 Opto sensor board cable X
636-653 1 Fan power cable
636-655 1 Barcode cable
835-492 2 O-ring, waste manifold luer
842-859 1 Sensor luer tubing [Waste tubing set]
848-035 1 Peristaltic pump head X
855-160 5 Foot

Continued on next page

200909 3-39
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Recommended parts and hardware, Continued

Ref Quantity Description FLEX CO-OX


886-670 1 Display back cover
886-671 1 Display front cover
886-673 2 Handle post kit
886-674 1 Handle
888-725 1 Base housing (Serialized) – special
order item
888-726 1 SP opto sensor bracket
888-728 1 Display arm, left
888-729 1 Display arm, right
888-731 1 Display hinge kit, right
888-732 1 Display hinge kit, left
888-734 1 SP latch plate X
888-735 1 Main frame
888-736 1 Battery pack bracket
888-797 1 Loudspeaker bracket
888-800 2 EMI Shielding Strip (one on each
side)
888-817 1 Bracket, CO-OX control board X
888-818 1 Bracket, pinch valve X
888-819 1 SP Latch plate, CO-OX X
888-820 1 Bracket, cooling fan, CO-OX X
888-821 1 Hemolyzer bracket X
888-834 1 Barcode bracket
902-968 1 Signal data board X
903-170 1 Main distribution board X
902-970 1 Power supply
902-971 1 Roller assembly X
902-972 1 Sensor board X
902-974 1 Waste pump assembled
902-975 1 Opto sensor
902-985 1 Printer control board
902-986 1 Display board

Continued on next page

3-40 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 3. Parts list

Recommended parts and hardware, Continued

Ref Quantity Description FLEX CO-OX


902-989 1 iButton probe board
902-990 1 Waste pump head replacement,
ABL80
902-992 1 Barcode scanner, internal
902-993 1 Display unit
902-994 1 Barcode scanner, external, ABL80
902-995 1 Sensor luer assembly
902-996 1 Cassette post assembly
902-998 1 Waste tubing set
902-999 1 Waste drain assembly X
903-000 1 SP door latch unit
903-001 1 Printer Unit
903-099 1 Manifold unit
903-104 1 Waste line check valve [Waste tubing
kit]
903-108 1 Opto sensor board X
903-109 1 Sensor connector board X
903-114 1 Analog board X
903-115 1 Spine board, CO-OX X
903-188 1 CO-OX control board X
903-143 1 Pinch valve, ABL80 X
903-149 1 Computer and base board assembly
2743
903-150 1 Computer unit, ABL80 2743 (CPU)
903-163 1 Waste manifold
905-877 1 Inlet mini luer assembly X
905-878 1 Waste drain luer assembly X
905-879 1 Waste tubing kit, CO-OX X
905-880 1 Hemolyzer tubing kit X
905-882 1 EMI enclosure
905-883 1 Peristaltic pump motor assembly X
905-884 1 Liquid sensor X

Continued on next page

200909 3-41
3. Parts list ABL80 FLEX service manual

Recommended parts and hardware, Continued

Ref Quantity Description FLEX CO-OX


905-885 1 Hemolyzer assembly X
905-886 1 Spectrometer assembly X
905-887 1 Front cover unit, CO-OX X
905-893 1 Loudspeaker and loudspeaker bracket
910-292 1 Loudspeaker
910-316 1 CD drive
914-723 1 Compact flash memory card, FLEX X
914-961 1 Compact flash memory card, CO-OX X
914-993 1 Compact flash memory card, FLEX X
2743
914-998 1 Compact flash memory card, CO-OX X
2743
921-506 1 Barcode lens
923-539 1 Front cover unit standoff X
924-322 5 Cable Clamp, Upper Module
924-572 1 External barcode scanner holder with
hardware
924-663 1 Signal data board support X
924-694 1 Barcode assembly support
924-695 5 Retaining washer, nylon, .265”
924-738 1 Front cover unit X
924-761 1 ABL80 printer lever
924-824 1 Back cover, ABL80
924-825 1 Drip shield X
924-853 1 Barcode insulator
978-823 1 Front cover, CO-OX X

3-42 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

4. Test and calibration procedures

Overview

Introduction This chapter details the procedures for checking and adjusting the analyzer
circuitry.

WARNING: WARNING: Follow legal requirements and local rules for safe work practices with
chemicals.
WARNING: Working with blood gas analyzers may result in contact with blood
remnants and with harsh disinfectants. During the various procedures wear suitable
protection gear (gloves, face protection, and protective body clothing), following
legal requirements and local rules for safe work practices.
WARNING: The gloves must be free of pinholes and preferably be puncture
resistant. Please consult the glove manufacturer for further information.
WARNING: If contaminated material comes into contact with any lesion on the
body, seek medical advice.

Contents This chapter contains the following topics.


Overview ................................................................................................................. 4-1
Electrical tests......................................................................................................... 4-3
1-wire circuit test ...........................................................................................................4-4
1-wire port setup ..........................................................................................................4-11
Zero check....................................................................................................................4-15
Functional tests..................................................................................................... 4-17
System test ...................................................................................................................4-18
SP door latch sensor.....................................................................................................4-20
Inlet sensor ...................................................................................................................4-21
Internal barcode scanner ..............................................................................................4-22
Touch panel calibration....................................................................................... 4-23
tHb calibration ..................................................................................................... 4-25
Printer verification test........................................................................................ 4-29
BIOS setup ............................................................................................................ 4-33
Software upgrade ................................................................................................. 4-35
Re-Programming the internal barcode scanner ................................................ 4-36
Re-programming the external barcode scanner................................................ 4-37
External barcode scanner options ...................................................................... 4-39
Barcode scanner – default settings ..................................................................... 4-40
Obtaining the ABL80 MAC address .................................................................. 4-46

Continued on next page

200908 4-1
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

Overview, Continued

Electrostatic To ensure the reliability and durability of the analyzer, ESD protection precautions
discharge must always be taken when handling or exposing ESD sensitive parts. Parts such as
protection printed circuit boards may be damaged if handled incorrectly during storage and
service. The damage is not visible, and the damaged parts may not fail immediately
and can take up to several months before damage is apparent.

Calibration and While performing certain calibrations and measurements, the analyzer must be
measurement fully assembled. A solution pack and sensor cassette may be required.

Security settings Access to the analyzer service screens requires logging onto the analyzer with the
service password SENDX.782.
• If the analyzer access control options on the Security setup screen are set to
None, the system will not provide an option to enter a password and log onto
the analyzer. To enable the logon feature and enter a password, follow the
steps below.

Step Action
1. a. Select Menu > Settings > Security > Logon tab
b. Set the Access Control Options to Password only.
2. a. Follow the service procedures as stated in this manual.
b. When service is complete, return the Access Control Options to
the user’s original setting.

• If the analyzer access control options are set to Password and Username, enter
the username of SERVICE as required.

4-2 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Electrical tests

Introduction The following procedures will test the electrical system.

Contents This section contains the following topics.


1-wire circuit test.................................................................................................... 4-4
1-wire port setup .................................................................................................. 4-11
Zero check............................................................................................................. 4-15

Service cassettes The following cassette will be necessary to perform the Zero Check procedure.
REF Function
902-982 ABL80 FLEX zeroing cassette
903-123 ABL80 FLEX CO-OX zeroing cassette

200908 4-3
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

1-wire circuit test

Introduction The 1-wire system is a single electronic circuit that includes the connection ports
for each of the three smart chips used in the analyzer. These three smart chips
include the:
• Analyzer iButton (which contains the smart chip) located on the main
distribution board (FLEX) or spine board (CO-OX)
• Solution pack iButton (which contains the smart chip) which is read by the
iButton reader inside the solution pack cavity which in turn is connected to the
main distribution board (FLEX) or spine board (CO-OX)
• Sensor cassette smart chip which is read through one sensor pin connector to
the main distribution board (FLEX) or spine board (CO-OX)
The iButton Viewer (a software tool) allows the user to determine whether the
circuit and all smart chips are functioning properly. Because the three readers are
connected in an electrical circuit it is possible for one part of the circuit to function
improperly and cause the entire 1-wire system to stop functioning.
In a properly functioning system with both a solution pack and sensor cassette
connected, the iButton Viewer will display a serial number for each of the three
smart chips. If one of the three serial numbers does not appear then there is a
problem somewhere between the Main distribution board and that smart chip
connection.
To identify which smart chip connection is involved remove each of the two
consumable items, one at a time. If a serial number in the viewer list does not
disappear when the consumable is disconnected then that is the problem
connection. If removing both consumables results in no serial numbers displayed
on the viewer screen, then the analyzer’s iButton connection is the problem.

Indications for The most likely indication of a problem with the 1-wire system is the inability of
use the system to read the smart chip in either of the two consumables. This will cause
the system to display an error message such as “Solution pack is not connected”.
The System Information screen (Menu > Data > System Information) can be
useful to initially determine if one smart chip is not reading correctly.
If the analyzer’s iButton (smart chip) is either not functioning or has not been
programmed with the analyzer serial number then the serial number field on the
System Information screen will be “1234”.

Troubleshooting To troubleshoot the hardware, begin at the periphery and methodically work deeper
the hardware into the analyzer, part by part. For example, if the Viewer does not display a serial
number for the solution pack iButton (smart chip), begin the investigation at the
solution pack iButton (i.e. try another solution pack) then the iButton reader in the
analyzer, the cabling and finally the main distribution board (FLEX) or the spine
board / analog board (CO-OX).

1-wire port It is possible that the system has lost the ability to see the 1-wire port in the system.
setup In this case it may be necessary to reactivate this port by running the 1-wire port
setup procedure. See this section further in this chapter.

4-4 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Continued on next page

200908 4-5
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

1-wire circuit test, Continued

Verifying the 1- Follow these steps to test the status of the 1-wire circuit between the three smart
wire circuit chip connections.

Step Action
1. Ensure that a sensor cassette and a solution pack are properly seated
on the analyzer.
2. Log on to the analyzer using the service password SENDX.782.
3. Select Menu > Service.
4. Press the Utilities tab.

5. Press the Windows Explorer button. The analyzer will close the
application and take the user to the desktop logon screen.

Continued on next page

4-6 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

1-wire circuit test, Continued

Verifying the 1-
Step Action
wire circuit
(continued) 6. The following screen will appear.

7. Select Administrator. The following screen will appear.

Continued on next page

200908 4-7
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

1-wire circuit test, Continued

Verifying the 1-
Step Action
wire circuit
(continued) 8. • Enter RMed!Admin123 in the password field (the password is case
sensitive).
• Press OK. The following screen will appear.

9. Select the Tools icon. The following screen will appear.

10. Select iButton Viewer32 from the Tools folder.

Continued on next page

4-8 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

1-wire circuit test, Continued

Verifying the 1-
Step Action
wire circuit
(continued) 11. With both a sensor cassette and a solution pack connected, the viewer
should show the following screen. Note the three serial numbers in the
left-hand column.
NOTE: The actual device numbers listed in the left-hand column will
vary from analyzer to analyzer.

Continued on next page

200908 4-9
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

1-wire circuit test, Continued

Verifying the 1-
Step Action
wire circuit
(continued) 12. Disconnect the sensor cassette or fully open the SP Latch. One of the
three serial numbers will disappear. This indicates that the 1-wire
system is operating properly.

13. Disconnecting both the sensor cassette and the solution pack should
result in only one serial number being displayed on the iButton
Viewer. If there are no serial numbers displayed, the analyzer’s
iButton may need to be replaced on the Main Distribution board or the
entire 1-wire system may be down.
14. Close the iButton program and select the Restart icon to reload the
application software.

4-10 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

1-wire port setup

Introduction This procedure should be used if all of the smart chips (analyzer iButton, solution
pack iButton or sensor cassette smart chip) are no longer recognized by the
analyzer. This tool will reactivate the 1-wire system which controls these
connections.
IMPORTANT: A keyboard is required for this procedure. When using a PS2
keyboard, the analyzer must be rebooted with the keyboard attached.

1-wire port Step Action


setup
1. Log on to the analyzer using the service password SENDX.782.
2. Select Menu > Service.
3. Press the Utilities tab.

4. Press the Windows Explorer button. The analyzer will close the
application and take the user to the desktop log on screen.

Continued on next page

200908 4-11
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

1-wire port setup, Continued

1-wire port
Step Action
setup
(continued) 5. The following screen will appear.

6. Select Administrator. The following screen will appear.

Continued on next page

4-12 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

1-wire port setup, Continued

1-wire port
Step Action
setup
(continued) 7. • Enter RMed!Admin123 in the password field (the password is case
sensitive).
• Press OK. The following screen will appear.

8. Select the Tools icon. The following screen will appear.

9. Select 1-Wire Net Port Selection from the Tools folder.


10. Press the Auto-Detect button. A warning message will be displayed.
11. Press Ok. The Auto-Detect in Progress message box will appear.

Continued on next page

200908 4-13
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

1-wire port setup, Continued

1-wire port
Step Action
setup
(continued) 12. When the program has finished detecting the 1-wire port, press Yes.
13. Select the EWF Commit icon. This will save the changes and restart
the analyzer.

4-14 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Zero check

Introduction The zero check process sends a signal from the sensor connector through the cables
and boards to the main distribution board (ABL80 FLEX analyzer) or the spine
board (ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer). The zeroing circuitry saves the returning
signal as “zero” for each channel.
NOTE: Allow the service cassette to acclimate to room temperature before
performing this procedure.

ABL80 FLEX The zero check data is stored on the signal data board in the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer. Anytime the connection between the sensor board, sensor board cable,
signal data board or the main distribution board is disconnected, a zero check
should be performed. A zero check should also be performed when any one of
these components has been replaced.

ABL80 FLEX The zero check data is stored on the spine board in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX
CO-OX analyzer. Anytime the connection between the sensor connector board, analog
board, CO-OX analog cable or the spine board is disconnected, a zero check
should be performed. A zero check should also be performed when any one of
these components has been replaced.

Zeroing the Follow these steps to zero the analyzer analyte channel settings.
analyzer
Step Action
1. Remove any sensor cassette present.
2. Log on to the analyzer using the password SENDX.782.
3. Select Menu > Utilities > Diagnostics.
4. Verify that the O2 and Hct check boxes are checked.
5. Install the ABL80 zeroing cassette (FLEX or CO-OX, as appropriate)
onto the analyzer. Set the selector switch to the “Set Zero” position
(down position). Allow the O2(nA) reading to stabilize for
approximately 2 to 3 minutes.
6. Press the Set 0 button. A message will appear to verify that the
zeroing cassette is attached. Select Yes.
7. Wait one minute for the values to stabilize.

Continued on next page

200908 4-15
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

Zero check, Continued

Zeroing the
Step Action
analyzer
(continued) 8. Verify that the parameter values are within the ranges listed. If the
circuit is not within range, replace the signal data board (FLEX) or
analog board (CO-OX).
Parameter Low High
O2(nA) -0.010 +0.010
pH -0.1 +0.1
CO2(mV) -0.1 +0.1
Hct/SC(AD) -4 +4
Na(mV) -0.1 +0.1
K(mV) -0.1 +0.1
Ca(mV) -0.1 +0.1
Cl(mV) -0.1 +0.1
Glu(nA) -0.023 +0.023
Therm(C) 36.8 37.2
9. Change the selector switch to the THERM position (up position).
10. After 15 seconds, verify that the THERM value is between 18 and 30.
If the value is not within this range, replace the signal data board
(FLEX) or analog board (CO-OX).
11. From the Diagnostics screen, touch the Heater check box.
12. After 15 seconds, verify that the THERM value is between 36.7 and
37.1. If the value is not within this range, replace the signal data board
(FLEX) or analog board (CO-OX).
NOTE: This step exercises the heater control to verify proper heater
operation.
13. Remove the zeroing cassette from the analyzer.
WARNING: Only press the Set 0 button when performing the steps
listed above. Pressing the Set 0 button outside this procedure will alter
sensor readings and can produce inaccurate patient results.

4-16 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Functional tests

Introduction The following procedures will perform a functional test of the analyzer.

Contents This section contains the following topics.


System test ............................................................................................................ 4-18
SP door latch sensor............................................................................................. 4-20
Inlet sensor............................................................................................................ 4-21
Internal barcode scanner..................................................................................... 4-22

200908 4-17
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

System test

Introduction This section describes the steps to perform a system test of the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer (all versions).

Materials Required materials include an ampoule of QUALICHECK 4+ QC solution (for the


ABL80 FLEX analyzer) or an ampoule of QUALICHECK 5+ solution (for the
ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer) and a roll of printer paper.

System test Follow these steps to perform a system test.


procedure
Step Action
1. Ensure a sensor cassette, solution pack and roll of paper are installed
onto the analyzer.
2. Ensure the printer is enabled to print System Cycles and QC results.
To enable this feature:
• Select Menu > Settings > Reports > Printout
• Press the Options tab
• Ensure Auto Print is selected for both System Cycle and
Manual QC
3. From the main menu select Menu > Manual System Cycle.
4. While the System Cycle is being performed, observe the sensor
cassette measuring chamber and pump tubing (in the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer only). Typically when flushing first begins some air bubbles
can be seen passing through the pump tubing and measuring chamber.
Air bubbles are often seen at the beginning of each phase of the
System Cycle as each of the four solutions are flushed. Ensure all air
bubbles move completely through the measuring chamber. Pulling and
releasing on the pump tubing can encourage the movement of bubbles
in the ABL80 FLEX (without CO-OX) analyzer. The ABL80 FLEX
CO-OX analyzer uses the pinch valve to perform this function
automatically.
NOTE: If it is unclear whether fluids are moving at all in the ABL80
FLEX analyzer (without CO-OX), observe the tip of the inlet probe
during flush cycles. It should be possible to see fluid exiting the tip of
the probe.
5. It may be necessary to initiate a second System Cycle to purge all air
from the system. If air is still present in the measuring chamber after
two System Cycles, examine the connections throughout the fluidic
pathway to ensure all connections are secure.

Continued on next page

4-18 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

System test, Continued

System test
Step Action
procedure
(continued) 6. Allow the System Cycle to complete then review the results. Results
can either be reviewed from the printout or by reviewing the results on
the recall screen.
To access the recall screen select Data Logs > System Cycle then
press the System Cycle detail button to review the last event.
7. Ensure all System Cycle results are acceptable. If not, continue
troubleshooting.
8. Analyze a manual QC sample if desired:
• Select Menu > Manual QC > BG/Lytes (“BG/Lytes” is not a
selection in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer)
• At the prompt, introduce a well-mixed, temperature-equilibrated
ampoule of QC material
• Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the analysis
9. Review the results of the QC measurement, ensuring the results fall
within the package insert range for each parameter. If not, continue
troubleshooting.
10. Remove the sensor cassette and solution pack.
11. Examine the analyzer to determine if any leaking has occurred in the
solution pack cavity, especially around the manifold luers. If there is
any indication of leakage, verify the placement and fit of the waste
tubing and the manifold unit.
12. Verify that the results of the System Cycle and Manual QC have
printed properly.

200908 4-19
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

SP door latch sensor

Introduction This procedure is intended to test the SP door latch sensor.

Step Action
1. Log on to the analyzer using the service password SENDX.782.
2. Select Menu > Utilities > Diagnostics.
3. The SP Latch reading should display 0 indicating the latch is
currently closed.

4. Open the solution pack door latch. The SP Latch reading should
display 1 indicating the latch is currently open.

5. If the SP Latch indicator does not respond as expected and the latch
appears to be engaging properly, replace the opto sensor.

4-20 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Inlet sensor

Introduction This procedure is intended to test the sensor cassette inlet flag sensor.

Step Action
1. Ensure a sensor cassette or a service cassette is present on the
analyzer.
2. Log on to the analyzer using the service password SENDX.782.
3. Select Menu > Utilities > Diagnostics.
4. The Inlet reading should display 0 indicating the inlet flap on the
cassette is currently is a lowered position.

5. Raise the inlet flap on the sensor cassette. The Inlet reading should
display 1 indicating the inlet flap has been raised.

200908 4-21
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

Internal barcode scanner

Introduction This procedure will verify the operation of the internal barcode scanner. The
Service Scan tab can also be used when testing the optional external barcode
scanner.

Step Action
1. Log on to the analyzer using the service password SENDX.782.
2. Select Menu > Service.
3. Press the Scan tab.

4. Press the Scan button.


5. Scan any test barcode available by holding it up in front of the scanner
window.
6. A red line should appear from the scanner. Position the test barcode
such that the red line runs across all bars of the test barcode. A tone
will sound to indicate a successful scan.
7. Verify that the data in the test barcode matches the data on the screen.
8. Once testing is complete, press the Close button.
9. If the scanner does not respond as indicated proceed to Chapter 8 –
Troubleshooting.

4-22 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Touch panel calibration

Touch panel This procedure will calibrate the touch panel. This procedure should be performed
calibration whenever the touch panel has been removed or replaced.

Equipment Stylus wand - to ensure a small, precise contact point


required
Procedure Step Action
1. Log on to the analyzer using the service password SENDX.782.
2. Select Menu > Service.
3. Press the Utilities tab.

4. Press the Calibrate button.


5. • A target dot will appear in the top left of the screen
• Using the stylus wand, touch the target dot
• Another dot will appear on the bottom left of the screen
• Repeat this process until all four targets have been touched.
NOTE: DO NOT PRESS ON THE DISPLAY COVER WHEN
EXECUTING THE CALIBRATION.
6. If no contact is made within 10 seconds the program will close,
retaining the previous settings.

Continued on next page

200908 4-23
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

Touch panel calibration, Continued

Procedure
Step Action
(continued)
7. Once all four target points have been touched, the Service / Utilities
screen will appear followed by the message “Do you want to save
the touch screen calibration settings?”
• Select Yes if the touch screen calibration was successful
• Select No if any errors were made during the selection process
8. The software will save the new settings (including an automatic
commit to EWF) then restart the analyzer.

4-24 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

tHb calibration

tHb Calibration Follow these steps to conduct a tHb calibration on the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX
analyzer. This calibration must be performed when any one of the following
conditions occurs:
• Hemolyzer is replaced
• Spectrometer is replaced
• The hemolyzer optical cable is disconnected from the spectrometer
• QC results are out of range

Step Action
1. Select Menu > Utilities > tHb Calibration.
2. • Press the Scan button
• Scan the ctHb Calibration Solution barcode for the ABL80 FLEX
CO-OX analyzer, located on the S7770 package insert. If the
scanner is not available, the barcode values may be manually
entered using the numeric keypad provided.

3. Once the analyzer scans the barcode, the system will automatically
proceed to the next screen.
NOTE: If the barcode was manually entered, press OK to proceed.

Continued on next page

200908 4-25
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

tHb calibration, Continued

tHb Calibration
Step Action
(continued)
4. The system will complete a blank calibration then prompt the user to
aspirate the calibration solution.

Continued on next page

4-26 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

tHb calibration, Continued

tHb Calibration
Step Action
(continued)
5. • Carefully open an ampoule of S7770 tHb Calibration Solution
• Raise the sample inlet probe
• Guide the inlet probe fully into the calibration ampoule solution,
ensuring the tip of the inlet probe is fully immersed in the QC
solution

• Press Aspirate.

6. When sample aspiration is complete, the analyzer provides a message


and two short beeps.
• Remove the ampoule
• Lower the inlet probe

Continued on next page

200908 4-27
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

tHb calibration, Continued

tHb Calibration
Step Action
(continued)
7. The system will proceed to perform the tHb calibration. Once
complete, the analyzer will display the calibration results.

8. The result screen displays a value for the cuvette factor (Fcuv). The
cuvette factor expresses the ratio of the effective light path of the
analyzer cuvette to that of a reference cuvette determined by
Radiometer.
The Fcuv acceptable range is 0.80 – 1.20.
NOTE: If the calibration result is not acceptable, the system will
retain the prior Fcuv and inform the user of this calibration failure.
9. Following a successful tHb calibration, the system will automatically
initiate a System Cycle.

4-28 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Printer verification test

Printer This procedure will verify the operation of the printer.


verification
Step Action
1. Confirm that a roll of paper is properly loaded into the printer.
2. Log on to the analyzer using the service password SENDX.782.
3. Select Menu > Service.
4. Press the Utilities tab.

5. Press the Windows Explorer button. The analyzer will close the
application and take the user to the desktop log on screen.

Continued on next page

200908 4-29
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

Printer verification test, Continued

Printer
Step Action
verification
(continued) 6. The following screen will appear.

7. Select Administrator. The following screen will appear.

Continued on next page

4-30 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Printer verification test, Continued

Printer
Step Action
verification
(continued) 8. Enter RMed!Admin123 in the password field and press OK (the
password is case sensitive). The following screen will appear.

9. Select the Windows Start button.


10. From the Start menu, select (double click) Control Panel.
11. Select (double click) the Printers and Faxes icon.
12. Select (double click) the Seiko Printer icon.
13. Select Properties from the Printer menu.
14. Select the Print Test Page button (under the General tab). A test page
will print if the printer is connected and functioning properly.
15. After printing, a message box will appear asking if the page printed.
Select the OK button.
16. Select Ok to close the Seiko Printer Properties menu.
17. Close the Seiko Printer window.
18. Close the Printer and Faxes window.
19. Close the Control Panel menu

Continued on next page

200908 4-31
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

Printer verification test, Continued

Printer
Step Action
verification
(continued) 20. Select Restart from the desktop (as shown below) to restart the
analyzer.

4-32 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

BIOS setup

Introduction This procedure should only be conducted when a problem arises with a BIOS
setting. Reference Chapter 8 – Troubleshooting.
NOTE: Use the Page Up and Page Down keys to change the values and the
Arrow keys to move to different fields.

BIOS setup Step Action


procedure
1. Power down the analyzer by pressing Menu > Shutdown.
2. Ensure the power cord is plugged into the analyzer.
3. Connect a keyboard to the analyzer.
4. Turn on the analyzer by pressing and holding the power switch in the
up position for two to three seconds.
5. As the analyzer begins to initialize, press and hold the Delete key on
the keyboard immediately. The analyzer will go to the CMOS Setup
Utilities screen.
NOTE: Over time, there may be different BIOS chips used in the
ABL80 analyzer. Different BIOS chips require different access
methods. If the Delete key does not work, restart the analyzer again
and try one of these combinations.
• F1 key
• F2 key
• CTRL + ESC key combination
6. If necessary, enter the BIOS password 9SenDx23 (the password is
case sensitive).
7. Highlight Standard CMOS Features and press Enter
8. Verify that the date and time fields are current.
9. Verify that the following fields read as shown:
• IDE Primary Master: [MATSHITACD-RW CW-81]
• IDE Secondary Master: [STI Flash 7.X.X]
NOTE: The IDE Secondary Master choice will change as
newer CF card modules are released.
To select the IDE Secondary Master
To use the IDE HDD Auto-Detection to Press Enter.
set the IDE secondary master
To return to the previous menu Press Esc.
• Drive A [None]
• Panel Type [800x600 TFT LVDS]

Continued on next page

200908 4-33
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

BIOS setup, Continued

BIOS setup
Step Action
procedure
(continued) 10. Press ESC to exit the Standard CMOS Features screen.
11. Highlight Advanced Bios Features and press Enter.
12. Verify that the Virus Warning line reads [Enabled].
13. Press Esc to exit the Advanced Bios Features screen.
14. Highlight Advanced Chipset Features and press Enter.
15. Verify that the USB Keyboard Support reads [Enabled].
16. Press Esc to exit the Advanced Chipset Support screen.
17. Highlight Integrated Peripherals and press Enter.
18. Verify that the Onboard FDD Controller reads [Disabled].
19. Press Esc to exit the Integrated Peripherals screen.
20. Highlight PnP/PCI Configurations and press Enter.
21. Verify that the PNP OS Installed reads [Yes].
22. Press Esc to exit the PnP/PCI Configurations screen.
23. Highlight Set User Password and press Enter.
24. Enter password 9SenDx23. Confirm with the 9SenDx23 password.
25. Highlight Set Supervisor Password and press Enter.
26. Enter password 9SenDx23. Confirm with the 9SenDx23 password.
27. • Press F10 to save.
• A box will appear that reads “Save to CMOS and Exit?”
• Press the “Y” key
• Press ENTER.
28. Allow the system to reboot. This will take several minutes.

4-34 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Software upgrade

Introduction Radiometer releases software upgrades periodically. To install this software


upgrade, complete the following steps.

Upgrade Follow the steps below to upgrade the analyzer’s application software.
procedure
Step Action
1. Select Menu ¾ Utilities ¾ Software Upgrade.
2. Insert the upgrade CD, provided by Radiometer, into the CD drive at
the front of the analyzer.
3. At the prompt, press OK to begin the upgrade process.
4. Follow all instructions on the screen to complete the upgrade process.

200908 4-35
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

Re-Programming the internal barcode scanner

Introduction Scan the following barcodes, one time each in the order presented, to re-program
the internal barcode scanner to the analyzer default settings.

Step Scan
1.

Set factory defaults

2.

Enable Codabar (0x01)

3.

<DATA><SUFFIX 1><SUFFIX 2> (0x03)

4-36 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Re-programming the external barcode scanner

Introduction Scan the following barcodes, one time each in the order presented, to re-program
the Symbol 2208 external barcode scanner to the analyzer default settings.
NOTE: If an error is made during a multi-step sequence, scan CANCEL to begin
again.

Step Scan Response


1.
Warble

2.
Warble

3.
Warble

4.
Warble

5.
Warble

6.
Double beep

7.
Double beep

8. Warble

9. Double beep

Continued on next page

200908 4-37
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

Re-programming the external barcode scanner, Continued

Canceling an If an error occurs during programming, scan this barcode to begin again. The
error scanner will respond with a Low – High tone.

CANCEL

NOTIS editing To enable NOTIS editing in the analyzer, scan the following barcode to strip the
start and stop characters from decoded Codabar symbols. The scanner will respond
with a warble tone.

Enable NOTIS editing

To disable NOTIS editing and return the analyzer to the default setting for NOTIS,
scan the barcode below. The scanner will respond with a warble tone.

Disable NOTIS editing

4-38 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

External barcode scanner options

Introduction This section describes how to change the beeper tone and volume on the Symbol
2208 external barcode scanner.

Beeper volume Choose one of these options to change the beeper volume. The default setting is
high. The scanner will respond with a single tone at the new volume.

Setting Scan

Low

Medium

High

Beeper tone Choose one of the following to change the beeper tone. The default setting is
medium. The scanner will respond with a single default tone. The change will be
noticed when the scanner is used to scan non-programming barcodes.

Setting Scan

Low

Medium

High

200908 4-39
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

Barcode scanner – default settings

Default settings The following table lists the Radiometer default values for all parameters in both
barcode scanners. These settings are programmed with each barcode scanner prior
to shipment.
If you require different custom settings for an available parameter, contact SenDx
Medical Technical Support or refer to the user’s manual on the Symbol website
(www.symbol.com).
The manual for the Symbol LS 2208 external barcode scanner may be downloaded
from the manufacturer’s website.
Parameter Default
User Preferences
Set Default Parameter All Defaults
Beeper Tone Medium
Beeper Volume High
Power Mode Continuous On
Laser On Time 3.0 Sec
Beep After Good Decode Enable
Keyboard Wedge Host Parameters
Keyboard Wedge Host Type IBM PC/AT& IBM PC Compatibles1
Country Types (Country Codes) North American
Ignore Unknown Characters Transmit
Keystroke Delay No Delay
Intra-Keystroke Delay Disable
Alternate Numeric Keypad Emulation Disable
Caps Lock On Disable
Caps Lock Override Disable
Convert Wedge Data No Convert
Function Key Mapping Disable
FN1 Substitution Disable
Send and Make Break Send
RS-232 Host Parameters
RS-232 Host Types Standard1
Baud Rate 9600
Parity Type None
Stop Bit Select 1 Stop Bit

Continued on next page

4-40 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Barcode scanner – default settings, Continued

Default settings
(continued) Parameter Default
Data Bits 8-Bit
Check Receive Errors Enable
Hardware Handshaking None
Software Handshaking None
Host Serial Response Time-out 2 Sec
RTS Line State Low RTS
Beep on <BEL> Disable
Intercharacter Delay 0 msec
Nixdorf Beep/LED Options Normal Operation
Ignore Unknown Characters Send Bar Code
USB Host Parameters
USB Device Type HID Keyboard Emulation
USB Country Keyboard Types North American
(Country Codes)
USB Keystroke Delay No Delay
USB CAPS Lock Override Disable
USB Ignore Unknown Characters Enable
Emulate Keypad Disable
USB Keyboard FN1 Substitution Disable
Function Key Mapping Disable
Simulated Caps Lock Disable
Convert Case No Case Conversion
IBM 468X/469X Host Parameters
Port Address None Selected
Convert Unknown to Code 39 Disable
Wand Emulation Host Parameters
Wand Emulation Host Types Symbol OmniLink Interface Controller1
Leading Margin 80 msec
Polarity Bar High/Margin Low
Ignore Unknown Characters Ignore
Convert All Bar Codes to Code 39 Disable

Continued on next page

200908 4-41
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

Barcode scanner – default settings, Continued

Default settings
(continued) Parameter Default
Convert Code 39 to Full ASCII Disable
Undecoded Scanner Emulation
Beep Style Beep on Successful Transmit
Parameter Pass-Through Parameter Process and Pass Through
Convert Newer Code Types Convert Newer Code Types
Module Width 20 µs
Convert All Bar Codes to Code 39 Do Not Convert to Code 39
Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion Disable
Transmission Timeout 3 seconds
Ignore Unknown Characters Ignore Unknown Characters
Leading Margin 2 ms
Check for Decode LED Check for Decode LED
123Scan Configuration Tool
123Scan Configuration None1
UPC/EAN
UPC-A Enable
UPC-E Enable
UPC-E1 Disable
EAN-8/JAN 8 Enable
EAN-13/JAN 13 Enable
Bookland EAN Disable
Decode UPC/EAN/JAN Ignore
Supplementals (2 and 5 digits)
UPC/EAN/JAN Supplemental 7
Redundancy
Transmit UPC-A Check Digit Enable
Transmit UPC-E Check Digit Enable
Transmit UPC-E1 Check Digit Enable
UPC-A Preamble System Character
UPC-E Preamble System Character
UPC-E1 Preamble System Character

Continued on next page

4-42 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Barcode scanner – default settings, Continued

Default settings
(continued) Parameter Default
Convert UPC-E to A Disable
Convert UPC-E1 to A Disable
EAN-8/JAN-8 Extend Disable
UPC/EAN Security Levels 0
UCC Coupon Extended Code Disable
Code 128
Code 128 Enable
UCC/EAN-128 Enable
Code 39
Code 39 Enable
Trioptic Code 39 Disable
Convert Code 39 to Code 32 (Italian Disable
Pharmacy Code)
Code 32 Prefix Disable
Set Length(s) for Code 39 2 to 55
Code 39 Check Digit Verification Disable
Transmit Code 39 Check Digit Disable
Code 39 Full ASCII Conversion Disable
Buffer Code 39 Disable
Code 93
Code 93 Disable
Set Length(s) for Code 93 4 to 55
Code 11
Code 11 Disable
Set Lengths for Code 11 4 to 55
Code 11 Check Digit Verification Disable
Transmit Code 11 Check Digit(s) Disable
Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF)
Interleaved 2 of 5 (ITF) Enable
Set Lengths for I 2 of 5 External Barcode Scanner: Any
Internal Barcode Scanner: 14

Continued on next page

200908 4-43
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

Barcode scanner – default settings, Continued

Default settings
(continued) Parameter Default
I 2 of 5 Check Digit Verification Disable
Transmit I 2 of 5 Check Digit Disable
Convert I 2 of 5 to EAN 13 Disable
Discrete 2 of 5 (DTF)
Discrete 2 of 5 Disable
Set Length(s) for D 2 of 5 12
Chinese 2 of 5 Default
Enable/Disable Chinese 2 of 5 Disable
Codabar (NW - 7)
Codabar Enable
Set Lengths for Codabar 5 to 55
CLSI Editing Disable
NOTIS Editing Disable
MSI
MSI Disable
Set Length(s) for MSI 1 to 55
MSI Check Digits One
Transmit MSI Check Digit Disable
MSI Check Digit Algorithm Mod 10/Mod 10
RSS (Reduced Space Symbology)
RSS 14 Disable
RSS Limited Disable
RSS Expanded Disable
Convert RSS to UPC/EAN Disable
Symbology - Specific Security
Levels
Redundancy Level 1

Continued on next page

4-44 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Barcode scanner – default settings, Continued

Default settings
(continued) Parameter Default
UPC/EAN
Miscellaneous Scanner Options
Transmit Code ID Character None
Prefix Value 7013 <CR><LF>
Suffix Value 7013 <CR><LF>
Scan Data Transmission Format Data as is
FN1 Substitution Values Set
Transmit “No Read” Message Disable
Synapse Interface Standard

200908 4-45
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

Obtaining the ABL80 MAC address

Introduction This procedure may be used to obtain the machine access code (MAC) address
from the network interface card in the analyzer.

MAC address Step Action


1. Plug a keyboard into the analyzer and re-start the analyzer.
NOTE: To recognize a PS/2 keyboard, the analyzer must be started
with the keyboard connected.
2. Log on to the analyzer using the service password SENDX.782.
3. Select Menu > Service.
4. Press the Utilities tab.

5. Press the Windows Explorer button. The analyzer will close the
application and take the user to the desktop log on screen.

Continued on next page

4-46 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Obtaining the ABL80 MAC address, Continued

MAC address
Step Action
(continued)
6. The following screen will appear.

7. Select Administrator. The following screen will appear.

Continued on next page

200908 4-47
4. Test and calibration procedures ABL80 FLEX service manual

Obtaining the ABL80 MAC address, Continued

MAC address
Step Action
(continued)
8. Enter RMed!Admin123 in the password field and press OK (the
password is case sensitive). The following screen will appear.

9. Select the Windows Start button.


10. Choose the Run… command.
11. Type “cmd” in the Open: box and select OK.
12. A DOS window will open. Type “ipconfig /all” (with one space
between the ‘g’ and the ‘/’) and press Enter.
13. The MAC address will be listed under the following line.
Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection:
Physical Address. . . . . . .

14. Record the MAC address.


15. Type “exit” and press Enter to close the DOS window.

Continued on next page

4-48 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 4. Test and calibration procedures

Obtaining the ABL80 MAC address, Continued

MAC address
Step Action
(continued)
16. Select Restart to restart the ABL80 analyzer.

200908 4-49
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

5. Primary parts replacement

Overview

Introduction This chapter details the process for removing and replacing defective or damaged
parts in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer (FLEX) or the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer
(CO-OX).
See Chapter 6 – Sub-assembly replacement for replacement of the Front cover
unit, Display unit and Computer unit major assemblies and components.

Important Always establish an ESD protected area before removing a unit from the analyzer
or exposing electronics, to prevent damage of the electronics.
Most cable connectors are equipped with a locking device. To avoid damage, first
disengage the locking mechanism by pressing on the sides of the connector then
pulling the connector out.
When installing or re-installing a unit, always:
• Ensure that no flat cable socket pins are bent
• Insert the plug of the flat cable straight into the socket
• Ensure that flat cables are not inched or damaged when inserting the unit into
the analyzer
Never use sharp tools for handling tubing, to avoid damage.
Always perform a System test (Chapter 4 – Test and calibration) upon completion
of any type of service (e.g. installation, upgrade or replacement) and document the
results if required.

200909 5-1
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Table of contents

Contents This chapter contains the following topics.


Getting started........................................................................................................ 5-3
Back cover............................................................................................................... 5-4
Battery pack, ABL80 .....................................................................................................5-5
Power harness cable .......................................................................................................5-7
Power supply..................................................................................................................5-8
SP door latch unit...........................................................................................................5-9
Waste pump head.........................................................................................................5-10
Waste pump assembly..................................................................................................5-11
Main distribution board................................................................................................5-13
Spine board ..................................................................................................................5-16
iButton probe board cable ............................................................................................5-19
iButton probe board .....................................................................................................5-20
iButton probe base .......................................................................................................5-21
ABL80 iButton.............................................................................................................5-23
O-rings, waste manifold luer........................................................................................5-24
Manifold unit ...............................................................................................................5-25
Feet...............................................................................................................................5-28
Main frame...................................................................................................................5-29
Handle..........................................................................................................................5-31
Base housing ................................................................................................................5-33

5-2 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

Getting started

Shutting down Before performing any service procedures the analyzer must be shut down
the analyzer completely. Follow the procedure below for complete shutdown.

Step Action
1. Remove any consumables (sensor cassette, solution pack and paper)
from the analyzer as necessary.
2. • Select Menu > Shutdown.
• At the prompt asking if you are sure you want to shutdown,
respond “Yes”.
3. Once the analyzer has completely shut down, disconnect the power
cord.

Accessing the The Back cover, page 5-4, must be removed to gain access to most of the
components components in the analyzer, with the exception of the roller assembly (ABL80
FLEX analyzer only), SP door latch unit and feet.

Electrostatic In order to ensure the reliability and durability of the analyzer, ESD protection
discharge precautions must always be taken when handling or exposing ESD sensitive parts.
protection Parts such as printed circuit boards may be damaged if handled incorrectly during
storage and service. The damage is not visible, and the damaged parts may not fail
immediately but several months later.

CAUTION: For any electrical service, unplug the battery pack from the power supply as
described in Battery Pack, ABL80, on page 5-5.

Hyperlinks This electronic document contains links that connect references in steps to their
referenced pages (see reference example in the “Accessing the components”
paragraph above). These links are hyperlinks. Clicking on the link will jump to the
appropriate page. The ‘Back’ or ‘Previous’ page buttons on the navigation toolbar
will return the cursor to the previous location.
The page numbers listed after each hyperlink may be used as a reference when
reviewing a printed version of this document.

Required tools #1 Phillips head screwdriver

200909 5-3
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Back cover

Procedure Follow the steps below to remove the back cover in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer. The back cover must be removed to gain access to most of the
components of the analyzer.

Step Action
1. Unplug the power cord and all cables from the back of the analyzer.
2. Remove the four Phillips screws securing the back cover to the
analyzer as shown in Figure 5-1.
3. Pull the back cover away from the analyzer.

Figure 5-1

5-4 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

Battery pack, ABL80

Procedure Follow the steps below for removing the battery pack, ABL80 (battery pack) in all
versions of the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Remove the Back cover, page 5-4.
2. Unplug the battery pack cable from the power supply.
3. Remove the two Phillips screws that secure the battery pack on the
side of the main frame as shown in Figure 5-2.

Figure 5-2
4. Lift the battery pack away from the analyzer as shown in Figure 5-3.

Figure 5-3

Continued on next page

200909 5-5
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Battery pack, ABL80, Continued

Re-attaching Follow these steps to re-attach the battery pack.

Step Action
1. While holding the battery pack bracket in place, align the screw holes
with the holes on the main frame. Secure the battery pack using the
two Phillips screws as shown in Figure 5-4.

Figure 5-4
CAUTION: Ensure that the battery pack bracket does not pinch any
of the wires, especially the manifold valve wires, behind the battery
pack.
2. Plug the battery pack cable into the power supply as shown in Figure
5-4.

5-6 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

Power harness cable

Procedure Follow the steps below, as shown in Figure 5-5 to remove the power harness cable
in all versions of the ABL80 FLEX analyzer. This cable uses locking connectors.
Press the sides of the connectors where the locking devices are located then pull to
disengage the cable.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions above for removing the Battery pack, ABL80,
page 5-5.
2. Unplug the power harness cable from the underside of the computer
unit.
3. Unplug the power harness cable from the side of the power supply.
4. Unplug the power harness cable.
• In the ABL80 FLEX analyzer disconnect the power harness cable
from the main distribution board
• In the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer disconnect the power
harness cable from the spine board

Figure 5-5

200909 5-7
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Power supply

Procedure Follow the steps below to remove the power supply in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Power harness cable, page
5-7, from the side of the power supply as shown in Figure 5-6.
2. Loosen the screws at the top and bottom of the power supply. These
screws cannot be removed from the power supply.
3. Tilt the top of the power supply out, then lift and remove the power
supply tabs from the bottom of the main frame.

Figure 5-6

5-8 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

SP door latch unit

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the sp door latch unit in all versions of the
ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Open the SP door latch unit and leave in the open position.
2. From the bottom of the analyzer, unscrew the four M3x6 screws
securing the SP door latch unit as shown in Figure 5-7.

Figure 5-7
3. Lift the SP door latch unit away from the analyzer.
4. Place the new SP door latch unit into the inset in the bottom of the
analyzer.
5. Secure the SP door latch unit with the four M3x6 screws as shown
above and tighten firmly.
6. To verify mechanical operation of the SP door latch unit:
• Re-start the analyzer
• At the main menu, log on to the analyzer using the service
password SENDX.782
• Select Menu > Utilities > Diagnostics
• Open and close the SP door latch unit to verify that the SP Latch
reading changes from 1 to 0 and back

200909 5-9
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Waste pump head

Replacing the Follow the steps below to replace the waste pump head in all versions of the
waste pump ABL80 FLEX analyzer, referencing Figure 5-8.
head
Step Action
1. If installed, remove the solution pack.
2. From inside the solution pack cavity, disconnect the waste manifold
by removing the two M3x10 screws. Pull the manifold straight out
from the base housing.
3. Squeeze the tabs on the sides of the waste pump head and slide the
head off of the waste pump shaft.
4. Disconnect the tubing of the waste pump head from the waste tubing
set at the elbow and the waste manifold.
5. Attach the new waste pump head to the elbow connector of the waste
tubing set connection.
6. Attach the pump tubing from the new waste pump head to the waste
manifold luer.
7. Slide the waste pump head onto the waste pump shaft in the position
shown in 5-8 until the waste pump head snaps into place.
8. Replace the waste manifold and screw into place.

Figure 5-8

5-10 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

Waste pump assembly

Replacing the Follow the steps below to replace the waste pump assembly in all versions of the
waste pump ABL80 FLEX analyzer.
assembly
Step Action
1. Remove the Back cover, page 5-4.
2. From the rear of the analyzer, unplug the waste pump assembly from
either the main distribution board (in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer) or
the spine board (in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer) as shown in
Figure 5-9.

Figure 5-9
3. From inside the solution pack cavity at the front of the analyzer,
remove the Waste pump head, page 5-10.
4. Unscrew the two M3x8 screws securing the waste pump assembly (as
shown in Figure 5-10).

Figure 5-10
5. Slide the waste pump assembly out of the front of the analyzer.

Continued on next page

200909 5-11
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Waste pump assembly, Continued

Replacing the
Step Action
waste pump
assembly 6. Slide the new waste pump assembly into the SP80 cavity in the
(continued) position shown in Figure 5-10.
7. Secure the waste pump assembly with the two M3x8 screws as shown
in Figure 5-10.
8. Re-attach the Waste pump head, page 5-10.
9. From the rear of the analyzer, plug the waste pump assembly into the
2-pin connector on either the main distribution board (in the ABL80
FLEX analyzer) or the spine board (in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX
analyzer) as shown in step 2. Re-attach the Back cover, page 5-4.

5-12 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

Main distribution board

Electrostatic To ensure the reliability and durability of the analyzer, ESD protection precautions
discharge must always be taken when handling or exposing ESD sensitive parts. Parts such as
program printed circuit board may be damaged if handled incorrectly during storage and
service. The damage is not visible, and the damaged parts may not fail immediately
but several months later.

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the main distribution board in the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.
NOTE: When the main distribution board is replaced, the analyzer iButton coin
cell must be moved from the old main distribution board to the new board.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Power harness cable, page
5-7.
2. Follow the instructions for removing the Signal data board in
Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement.
NOTE: This step is necessary to ensure that during assembly the
connection between the Main distribution board and the Signal data
board is complete and secure.
3. Unplug the following connections from the main distribution board as
shown in Figure 5-11.
• Manifold unit
• iButton probe board cable
• Waste pump assembly

Figure 5-11

Continued on next page

200909 5-13
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Main distribution board, Continued

Replacement
Step Action
(continued)
4. Unscrew the four M3x6 screw securing the main distribution board
onto the base housing as shown in Figure 5-12.

Figure 5-12
5. Pull the main distribution board away from the base housing.
6. Remove the iButton coin cell from the coin cell holder (on the back of
the main distribution board) and place it into the coin cell holder on
the new main distribution board.
7. Install the new main distribution board into place n the base housing.
Align the main distribution board with the screw holes.
8. Attach the main distribution board with the four screws as shown in
Figure 5-12.

Continued on next page

5-14 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

Main distribution board, Continued

Replacement
Step Action
(continued)
9. Re-connect the following cables to the main distribution board as
shown in Figure 5-13.
• Manifold unit
• Waste pump assembly
• iButton probe board cable

Figure 5-13
10. Follow the instructions for re-attaching the Power harness cable, page
5-7.
11. Follow the instructions for replacing the Signal data board in Chapter
6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement.
12. Whenever the signal data board is replaced, the sensor channels must
be zeroed. Follow the Zero check procedure in Chapter 4 – Test and
Calibration Procedures.

200909 5-15
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Spine board

Introduction This section describes the steps to replace the spine board in the ABL80 FLEX
CO-OX analyzer.
NOTE: When the spine board is replaced, the analyzer iButton must be moved
from the old spine board to the new spine board.

Electrostatic To ensure the reliability and durability of the analyzer, ESD protection precautions
discharge must always be taken when handling or exposing ESD sensitive parts. Parts such as
protection printed circuit boards may be damaged if handled incorrectly during storage and
service. The damage is not visible, and the damaged parts may not fail immediately
but several months later.

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the spine board.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Power harness cable, page
5-7.
2. Follow the instructions for removing the Front cover unit, CO-OX in
Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement.
3. Unplug the following connections from the spine board as shown in
Figure 5-14.
• Manifold unit
• iButton probe board cable
• Waste pump assembly

Figure 5-14

Continued on next page

5-16 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

Spine board, Continued

Replacement
Step Action
(continued)
4. Unscrew the four M3x6 screws securing the spine board onto the base
housing as shown in Figure 5-15.

Figure 5-15
5. Pull the spine board away from the base housing.
6. Remove the iButton coin cell from the coin cell holders (on the back
side of the spine board_ and place it into the coin cell holder on the
new spine board.
7. Install the new spine board into place on the base housing. Align the
spine board with the screw holes.
8. Attach the spine board with the four screws as shown in Figure 5-15.

Continued on next page

200909 5-17
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Spine board, Continued

Replacement
Step Action
(continued)
9. Re-connect the following cables to the spine board as shown in Figure
5-16.
• Manifold unit
• Waste pump assembly
• iButton probe board cable

Figure 5-16
10. Follow the instructions for re-attaching the Power harness cable, page
5-7.
11. Follow the instructions for replacing the Front cover unit, CO-OX in
Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement.
12. Whenever the spine board is replaced, the analyzer must be zeroed.
Follow the Zero check procedure in Chapter 4 – Test and Calibration
Procedures.

5-18 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

iButton probe board cable

Replacement Follow these steps to replace the iButton probe board cable in all versions of the
ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Battery pack, ABL80, page
5-5.
2. Disconnect the iButton cable from the iButton probe board and either
the main distribution board (in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer) or the
spine board (in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer) as shown in
Figure 5-17.

Figure 5-17
3. Connect the new iButton cable, with the 2-wire connector, onto the
iButton probe board and the 4-wire connector onto either the main
distribution board (in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer) or the spine board
(in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer) as appropriate.
4. Follow the instructions for replacing the Battery pack, ABL80, page
5-5.

200909 5-19
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

iButton probe board

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the iButton probe board in all versions of the
ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Battery pack, ABL80, page
5-5.
2. Disconnect the iButton cable from the iButton probe board.
3. Using an adjustable wrench, loosen the iButton probe nut. Remove the
nut by hand as shown in Figure 5-18.

Figure 5-18
4. Remove the iButton probe board.
5. Carefully slide the new iButton probe board into the iButton probe nut
as shown in Figure 5-19.

Figure 5-19
6. Place the nut and board, spring first, into the iButton probe base and
tighten by hand. Secure the nut with the adjustable wrench.
7. Connect the iButton cable to the iButton probe board.
8. Follow the instructions for replacing the Battery pack, ABL80, page
5-5.

5-20 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

iButton probe base

Replacement Follow these steps to replace the iButton probe base in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.
NOTE: To prevent accidental damage, it is recommended that the main
distribution board (in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer) or the spine board (in the ABL80
FLEX CO-OX analyzer) be removed before loosening the locking nut from the
iButton probe base.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions to remove the Main distribution board (in the
ABL80 FLEX analyzer), page 5-13 or the Spine board (in the ABL80
FLEX CO-OX analyzer), page 5-16.
2. Follow the instructions to remove the iButton probe board, page 5-20.
3. Using an adjustable wrench, loosen and remove the locking nut from
the iButton probe base as shown in Figure 5-20.

Figure 5-20
4. Slide the iButton base out of the base housing from the SP80 cavity.
NOTE: Some of the early ABL80 FLEX analyzers were released with
a shorter iButton probe base and spacer ring. All current service
replacements are of the longer configuration and will not function
properly with the spacer ring. Discard the old iButton probe base and
spacer ring, if present, before installing the new iButton probe base.
5. Slide the new iButton probe base into the opening from the SP80
cavity. The probe and base housing are shaped to mate securely.
6. Reattach the locking nut, being careful to ensure the nut is straight,
and secure tightly with an adjustable wrench.

Continued on next page

200909 5-21
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

iButton probe base, Continued

Replacement
Step Action
(continued)
7. Follow the instructions to replace the iButton probe board, page 5-20.
8. Follow the instructions to replace the Main distribution board (in the
ABL80 FLEX analyzer), page 5-13 or the Spine board (in the ABL80
FLEX CO-OX analyzer), page 5-16.

5-22 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

ABL80 iButton

Introduction The ABL80 iButton contains the analyzer serial number and is a part unique to
each analyzer.
When ordering a new analyzer iButton (REF: 551-195 ABL80 FLEX analyzer or
551-197 ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer), include the analyzer serial number with
the order. A new iButton, with serial number pre-programmed onto the iButton,
will be shipped to you.
NOTE: The analyzer iButton also contains any software keys for this analyzer.
These keys must be re-installed after replacing the analyzer iButton to retain these
software capabilities. Contact Technical Services if the original keys cannot be
located.

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the ABL80 iButton in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions to remove the Main distribution board (in the
ABL80 FLEX analyzer), page 5-13 or the Spine board (in the ABL80
FLEX CO-OX analyzer), page 5-16.
2. Remove the old iButton from the coin cell holder on the back side of
the old main distribution board or spine board as shown in Figure
5-21.

Figure 5-21
3. Install the new iButton into the coin cell holder.
4. Reinstall the Main distribution board (in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer),
page 5-13 or the Spine board (in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer),
page 5-16.

200909 5-23
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

O-rings, waste manifold luer

Replacing the Follow the steps below to remove the waste manifold unit and replace the o-rings
O-rings on the waste manifold luer in all versions of the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. From the solution pack cavity, disconnect the waste manifold by
removing the two M3x10 screws and pulling the waste manifold
forward as shown in Figure 5-22.

Figure 5-22
2. Slide the waste manifold back slightly. Pull the waste luer tubing from
the waste manifold.
3. Remove the waste manifold.
4. Remove the old o-rings by pulling them off the luer. Needle-nose
pliers or fine-tipped tweezers will aid in their removal.
5. Slide the first new o-ring onto the waste manifold luer. It will
naturally fall into the first groove in the luer.
6. Slide the second new o-ring onto the waste manifold luer and continue
sliding it until it falls into the second, bottom groove.
NOTE: Ensure that the o-rings are not twisted.
7. Reattach the waste luer tubing to the waste manifold.
8. Connect the waste manifold to the manifold using the two M3x10
screws.

5-24 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

Manifold unit

Removing the Follow the steps below to remove the manifold unit in all versions of the ABL80
manifold FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. From the solution pack cavity, disconnect the waste manifold by
removing the two M3x10 screws and pulling the waste manifold
forward as shown in Figure 5-23.

Figure 5-23
2. Remove the Battery pack, ABL80, page 5-5.
3. Disconnect the manifold valve cable from the main distribution board
(in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer) or the spine board (in the ABL80
FLEX CO-OX analyzer).
4. Remove the two M3x25 and three M3x10 screws from the manifold
as shown in Figure 5-24.

Figure 5-24

Continued on next page

200909 5-25
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Manifold unit, Continued

Removing the
Step Action
manifold
(continued) 5. Slide the manifold back slightly. Disconnect the sensor luer and waste
luer tubing from the manifold as shown in Figure 5-25.
6. Remove the manifold.

Figure 5-25

Continued on next page

5-26 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

Manifold unit, Continued

Replacing the Follow these steps to replace the manifold unit. Reference the figures from the
manifold previous section “Removing the manifold”.

Step Action
1. Align the manifold unit with the bottom two openings in the rear of
the base housing.
2. Secure the short wide waste tubing onto the larger port on the top of
the manifold. Make certain the connection is tight.
3. Secure the long, narrow tubing from the sensor luer onto the small
port on the top of the manifold until it stops against the manifold.
4. From the rear of the analyzer insert the two M3x25 screws into the
upper two holes in the manifold unit.
5. Insert the three M3x10 screws into the middle right and bottom two
holes in the manifold unit.
6. Securely tighten all five screws in the manifold unit.
7. Connect the manifold unit cable to the main distribution board (in the
ABL80 FLEX analyzer) or the spine board (in the ABL80 FLEX CO-
OX analyzer).
8. Connect the waste manifold to the manifold using the two M3x10
screws.
9. Reattach the Battery pack, ABL80, page 5-5.

200909 5-27
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Feet

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the feet in all versions of the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.

Step Action
1. Unscrew the damaged foot from the bottom of the analyzer.
2. Tightly secure the new foot with the attached screw and washer.

5-28 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

Main frame

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the sheet metal main frame in all versions of the
ABL80 FLEX analyzer.
The main frame, when ordered as a service part, includes pre-attached feet and
handle posts.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions to remove the following;
• Power supply, page 5-8
• Main distribution board (in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer), page 5-
13 or the Spine board (in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer),
page 5-16.
• Printer unit, see Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• Computer unit, Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• Display unit, Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
2. Remove the six M4x6 screws securing the main frame to the base
housing as shown in Figure 5-26.

Figure 5-26
3. Raise the handle to the up position.
4. Slide the main frame back slightly. Rotate the handle forward as the
frame is removed.

Continued on next page

200909 5-29
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Main frame, Continued

Replacement
Step Action
(continued)
5. With the handle in the down position, slide the main frame out of the
base housing until the bottom of the handle is visible.
6. Slip the handle off of the two M3x10 screws holding it to the main
frame and slide the old handle out of the top of the base housing.
7. Replace the main frame.
8. Slip the handle onto the two M3x10 screws of the main frame as
shown in Figure 5-27.

Figure 5-27
9. Slide the main frame back into the base housing. Verify the operation
of the handle.
10. Loosely insert the six M4x6 screws to attach the main frame to the
base housing.
NOTE: To ensure that the main frame is installed correctly, make
certain that the main frame and the base housing are resting flush
against the work surface when tightening the screws. If these items
are not flush, the back cover will not fit properly.
11. When all screws have been started, tighten the six screws securely.
12. Follow the instructions to re-attach the following;
• Power supply, page 5-8
• Main distribution board (in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer), page 5-
13 or the Spine board (in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer),
page 5-16.
• Display unit, Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• Computer unit, Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• Printer unit, see Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement

5-30 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

Handle

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the handle in all versions of the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions to remove the following;
• Power supply, page 5-8
• Main distribution board (in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer), page
5-13 or the Spine board (in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer),
page 5-16
• Printer unit, see Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• Computer unit, see Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• Display unit, see Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
2. Unscrew the six M4x6 screws securing the main frame to the base
housing as shown in the previous section.
3. With the handle in the down position, slide the main frame out of the
base housing until the bottom of the handle is visible.
4. Slip the handle off of the two M3x10 screws with the standoffs
holding it to the main frame and slide the old handle out of the top of
the base housing as shown in Figure 5-28.

Figure 5-28
5. Slide the new handle through the opening in the top of the base
housing with the angled top edge of the handle facing the front of the
analyzer.
6. Slip the ends of the handle over the two M3x10 screws with standoffs
on the main frame.
7. Slide the main frame back into the base housing. Verify the operation
of the handle.

Continued on next page

200909 5-31
5. Primary parts replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Handle, Continued

Replacement
Step Action
(continued)
8. Loosely insert the six M3x6 screws to attach the main frame to the
base housing.
NOTE: To ensure that the main frame is installed correctly, make
certain that the main frame and the base housing are resting flush
against the work surface when tightening the screws. If these items
are not flush, the back cover will not fit properly.
9. When all screws have been started, tighten the six screws securely.
10. Follow the instructions to re-attach the following;
• Power supply, page 5-8
• Main distribution board (in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer), page
5-13 or the Spine board (in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer),
page 5-16
• Display unit, see Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• Computer unit, see Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• Printer unit, see Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement

5-32 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 5. Primary parts replacement

Base housing

Introduction The base housing is the component that carries the analyzer serial number tag.
If the base housing is replaced, a new base housing with serial number tag must be
ordered.
Place an order for a new base housing, REF: 888-725, and include the analyzer
serial number with the order. A new base housing, with serial number tag and feet
attached, will be shipped to you.

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the base housing in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions to disconnect the following items in order;
• Battery pack, ABL80, page 5-5
• Front cover unit, see Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• SP latch, see Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• Signal data board, FLEX or the Analog board, CO-OX, see
Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• Main distribution board (in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer), page
5-13 or the Spine board (in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX), page 5-16
• Printer unit, see Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• Computer unit, see Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• Display unit, see Chapter 6 – Sub-Assembly Replacement
• Manifold unit, page 5-25
• Waste pump assembly, page 5-11
• iButton probe base, page 5-21
• Main frame, page 5-29
• Handle, page 5-31
2. Replace the base housing.
3. Reassemble the analyzer beginning at the bottom of the list in step 1
and work upwards.

200909 5-33
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

6. Sub-assembly replacement

Overview

Introduction This chapter details the process for removing and replacing defective or damaged
parts in the larger sub-assemblies of the ABL80 FLEX analyzer (FLEX) or the
ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer (CO-OX).
NOTE: See Chapter 5 – Primary Parts Replacement for individual component
replacements.

Important Always establish an ESD protected area before removing a unit from the analyzer
or exposing electronics, to prevent damage of the electronics.
Most cable connectors are equipped with a locking device. Always press on the
sides before pulling the connector to avoid damage.
When installing or re-installing a unit, always:
• Ensure that no flat cable socket pins are bent
• Insert the plug of the flat cable straight into the socket
• Ensure that flat cables are not pinched or damaged when inserting the unit into
the analyzer
Never use sharp tools for handling tubing, to avoid damage.
Always perform a System Test (Chapter 4 – Test and Calibration) upon
completion of any type of service (e.g. installation, upgrade, or replacement) and
document the results if required.

200908 6-1
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Table of contents

Contents This chapter contains the following topics.


Printer unit ............................................................................................................. 6-4
Printer cable ...................................................................................................................6-7
Printer control board ......................................................................................................6-8
Computer unit ........................................................................................................ 6-9
Removing the computer unit, ABL80............................................................. 6-11
EMI enclosure................................................................................................. 6-17
Cooling fan, EMI enclosure ............................................................................ 6-21
Cooling fan, FLEX.......................................................................................... 6-22
Cooling fan, computer unit, CO-OX............................................................... 6-23
Compact flash memory card ........................................................................... 6-24
CD cable.......................................................................................................... 6-26
CD drive.......................................................................................................... 6-27
Internal barcode scanner ................................................................................. 6-29
Computer and base board assembly................................................................ 6-31
Display unit ........................................................................................................... 6-32
Display back cover.......................................................................................... 6-35
Display arms ................................................................................................... 6-37
Display hinge .................................................................................................. 6-38
Display cable................................................................................................... 6-39
Display board .................................................................................................. 6-40
Touch panel..................................................................................................... 6-41
Display screen assembly ................................................................................. 6-44
Front cover unit – FLEX ..................................................................................... 6-45
Access to the front cover unit, FLEX ............................................................. 6-46
Roller assembly............................................................................................... 6-48
Roller motor .................................................................................................... 6-49
Sensor luer assembly....................................................................................... 6-50
Cassette post assembly.................................................................................... 6-51
Sensor board cable .......................................................................................... 6-52
Sensor board.................................................................................................... 6-53
Opto sensors.................................................................................................... 6-54
Waste drain assembly ..................................................................................... 6-58
Signal data board............................................................................................. 6-59
SP latch plate, FLEX....................................................................................... 6-62

6-2 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Front cover ...................................................................................................... 6-66


Tubing replacement ........................................................................................ 6-69
Barcode lens.................................................................................................... 6-74
Front cover unit, CO-OX .................................................................................... 6-76
Removing the front cover unit, CO-OX.......................................................... 6-77
Spectrometer assembly ................................................................................... 6-83
Waste drain luer assembly .............................................................................. 6-86
Inlet mini luer assembly.................................................................................. 6-87
Cassette post.................................................................................................... 6-88
Cooling fan, CO-OX ....................................................................................... 6-89
Waste tubing kit, CO-OX ............................................................................... 6-91
Hemolyzer tubing kit ...................................................................................... 6-93
Peristaltic pump motor assembly .................................................................... 6-94
Liquid sensor assembly................................................................................... 6-96
Hemolyzer assembly ....................................................................................... 6-98
Pinch valve and pinch valve bracket............................................................. 6-107
Hemolyzer bracket ........................................................................................ 6-111
Control boards bracket .................................................................................. 6-112
CO-OX control board ................................................................................... 6-116
Analog board................................................................................................. 6-117
Opto sensor board ......................................................................................... 6-118
Opto sensor board cable................................................................................ 6-119
Sensor connector board................................................................................. 6-122
Spectrometer cable........................................................................................ 6-123
Hemolyzer cable ........................................................................................... 6-124
Analog board cable ....................................................................................... 6-126
CO-OX power cable ..................................................................................... 6-127
Barcode lens, CO-OX ................................................................................... 6-129

200908 6-3
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Printer unit

Removal Follow the steps below to remove the printer unit in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Remove the Back Cover as described in Chapter 5 – Primary Parts
Replacement
2. Loosen the screw securing the printer bracket. It is located directly
below the printer unit, as shown in Figure 5-1. Do not remove the
screw; this hardware remains with the bracket.

Figure 5-1
3. If the analyzer does not have an EMI enclosure then continue to the
next step.
If the analyzer has an EMI enclosure attached to the computer unit
then it is necessary to slide the printer unit and the computer unit
part-way out of the analyzer. This will provide room to disconnect
the printer cable from the printer unit. To prevent damage to
components of the computer unit, refer to the instructions for
removing the Computer Unit, page 6-11 to aid in sliding the
computer unit part-way out.

Continued on next page

6-4 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Printer unit, Continued

Removal
Step Action
(continued)
4. Slide the printer unit out and tilt the unit down to allow the printer
bracket and cable to clear the computer unit as shown in Figure 5-2.

Figure 5-2
5. Continue sliding the printer unit out of the base housing.
6. When the printer unit has cleared the computer unit, unplug the printer
cable from the bottom of the printer unit as shown in Figure 5-3.

Figure 5-3

Continued on next page

200908 6-5
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Printer unit, Continued

Installation Follow the steps below to install the printer unit into the analyzer in all versions of
the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Attach the printer cable to the printer unit at the bottom.
2. Lift the printer unit slightly to allow the printer cable to pass over the
computer unit.
3. Slide the printer unit into the slots in the base housing as shown in
Figure 5-4.

Figure 5-4
4. Secure the unit by tightening the screw on the bracket.
5. Follow the instructions for replacing the Computer Unit, page 6-11.
6. Restart the analyzer and select any event from the data logs. Press
Print and confirm that the printer functions properly.
7. Re-attach the back cover.

6-6 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Printer cable

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the printer cable in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the steps for removing the Printer Unit, page 6-4.
2. If the analyzer includes an EMI enclosure then follow the instructions
for removing the EMI enclosure, page 6-17.
3. Unplug the printer cable from the side of the computer unit as shown
in Figure 6-5.
4. Plug the replacement printer cable into the computer unit.
5. If necessary, follow the instructions for re-installing the EMI
enclosure, page 6-17.
6. Follow the steps for re-installing the Printer Unit, page 6-4.

Figure 6-5

200908 6-7
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Printer control board

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the printer control board in the printer unit in all
versions of the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.
NOTE: Follow ESD procedures when replacing the printer control board.

Step Action
1. Follow the steps for removing the Printer Unit, page 6-4.
2. Unplug the two cables from the printer control board as shown in
Figure 5-6.

Figure 5-6
3. Carefully pull the printer control board from the four standoffs.
4. Align the new printer control board as shown in Figure 5-6.
5. Snap the new printer control board onto the standoffs.
6. Attach the two printer cables as shown in Figure 5-6.
7. Follow the steps for re-installing the Printer Unit, page 6-4.

6-8 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Computer unit

Introduction The computer unit may be replaced as a complete assembly.


When individual components of this unit require replacement, the computer unit
must first be removed. Then refer to the appropriate sections listed below for each
of the components that may be serviced.
The sections listed below are the only parts that may be replaced in the computer
unit. Do not attempt to service any other components. Also do not attempt to
service the external connectors. These are attached to the base board which is
connected to the metal shelf and is only replaceable as a single part in the computer
unit.

WARNING/ The software operating system (image) stored on the CF card is unique for each
CAUTION: CPU. The CF card must be programmed for the appropriate CPU and analyzer
type (FLEX or CO-OX).
• If a CF card with the ESM-2640 image is installed into an ESM-2743 CPU
then during boot-up the analyzer will stop at the Windows BSOD (Blue Screen
of Death) prior to the ABL80 logo boot screen.
• If a CF card with the ESM-2743 image is installed into an ESM-2640 CPU
then during boot-up the analyzer will lock up at the ABL80 logo boot screen.
Review the Computer Units section in Chapter 3 – Parts List for details.

Electrostatic In order to ensure the reliability and durability of the analyzer, ESD protection
discharge precautions must always be taken when handling or exposing ESD sensitive parts.
protection Parts such as printed circuit boards may be damaged if handled incorrectly during
storage and service. The damage is not visible, and the damaged parts may not fail
immediately but several months later.

Important When opening the computer unit in an ABL80 FLEX analyzer (without CO-OX),
always remember to first remove the Barcode Lens, page 6-74. Failure to first
remove the barcode lens is likely to result in a broken lens.

System test To ensure that the computer unit has been re-installed correctly, it is recommended
that the CD drive be tested after re-assembling the analyzer.
The CD drive may be tested from the application by downloading data to a blank
CD. The eject button may also be tested through the application.
Alternatively, the CD drive may be tested by exiting to the Windows Explorer
screen and inserting any CD. If the CD appears in the folders list and the files may
be viewed from Windows Explorer then the computer unit has been installed
correctly.
NOTE: Do not use a CD-RW that has been previously erased; proper function is
not reliable.

Continued on next page

200908 6-9
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Computer unit, Continued

Contents This subsection contains the following topics.


Removing the computer unit, ABL80................................................................. 6-11
EMI enclosure....................................................................................................... 6-17
Cooling fan, EMI enclosure................................................................................. 6-21
Cooling fan, FLEX ............................................................................................... 6-22
Cooling fan, computer unit, CO-OX .................................................................. 6-23
Compact flash memory card ............................................................................... 6-24
CD cable ................................................................................................................ 6-26
CD drive ................................................................................................................ 6-27
Internal barcode scanner..................................................................................... 6-29
Computer and base board assembly................................................................... 6-31

6-10 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Removing the computer unit, ABL80

Computer unit Follow the steps below to remove the computer unit in all versions of the ABL80
removal FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Unplug the power harness cable connection from the bottom of the
computer unit as shown in Figure 6-7.

Figure 6-7
2. Follow the instructions for accessing the Front Cover Unit, FLEX,
page 6-45 or the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX, page 6-77.
3. In an ABL80 FLEX analyzer, remove the Barcode Lens, page 6-74.
Failure to remove the barcode lens will likely result in a broken lens.

Continued on next page

200908 6-11
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

TRemoving the computer unit, ABL80, Continued

Computer unit
Step Action
removal
(continued) 4. The barcode scanner is held in place by resting on the barcode scanner
support, as shown in Figure 6-8. Remove the barcode scanner support
by removing the screw.
NOTE: The barcode scanner support extends across the front of the
analyzer to support the CD drive as well as the barcode scanner.

Figure 6-8

Continued on next page

6-12 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

TRemoving the computer unit, ABL80, Continued

Computer unit
Step Action
removal
(continued) 5. Loosen but do not remove the two M3x6 screws (top and bottom
arrows in the picture) on each side of the main frame. Remove the one
(or two) M3x6 screws (horizontal/middle arrow in the picture) on each
side of the main frame as shown in Figure 6-9.

Figure 6-9
6. Follow the instructions for removing the printer unit, page 6-4.
7. From the rear of the analyzer, slide the computer unit partway out of
the base housing.
8. Disconnect the display cable from the computer unit as the computer
unit is being removed. Then complete the removal of the computer
unit.
IMPORTANT: Place the computer unit on an ESD safe surface.

Continued on next page

200908 6-13
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

TRemoving the computer unit, ABL80, Continued

NOTE: If either EMI shielding strip is damaged during the removal process it should be
replaced.
To replace the strip, peel the old strip from the computer unit. Then attach the new
EMI shielding strip onto the side of the computer unit. Align the holes in the strip
with the standoffs on the side of the computer unit for proper placement.

NOTE: When an EMI enclosure is included with the computer unit, follow the instructions
for removing the EMI enclosure, page 6-17, from the old computer unit and install
the enclosure on the new computer unit.

Replacing the Follow the steps below to replace the computer unit in the analyzer. Removal of
computer unit the printer unit, page 6-4, allows access to connect the display cable to the
computer unit.

Step Action
1. From the rear of the analyzer, slide the computer unit partway into the
base housing along the guides on the main frame.
2. From the back of the analyzer, connect the display cable to the
connector on the computer unit as shown in Figure 6-10.

Figure 6-10
3. Plug the printer cable into the printer unit.
4. Slide the printer unit into the main housing. Secure the printer unit
with the screw attached to the unit.
5. Slide the computer unit into the base housing until it stops.

Continued on next page

6-14 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

TRemoving the computer unit, ABL80, Continued

Replacing the
Step Action
computer unit
(continued) 6. Secure the computer unit with one (or two) M3x6 screws, on each side
of the main frame as shown in Figure 6-11. Securely tighten all screws
as shown below.

Figure 6-11
7. Re-install the barcode scanner support as shown in Figure 6-12. Slide
the new support under the CD drive and align the mounting hole as
shown below to insert the screw.

Figure 6-12
8. If replacing the computer unit in an ABL80 FLEX analyzer, re-attach
the Barcode Lens, page 6-74.
9. Replace the front cover unit.
10. Connect the power harness cable to the bottom of the computer unit.

200908 6-15
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

11. Before reattaching the back cover, test the ABL80 to ensure that the
analyzer operates properly. Ensure that the internal barcode scanner is
properly aligned by testing the scanner from any screen that uses
barcode input. Reference the Functional tests section of Chapter 4 –
Test and Calibration Procedures.

6-16 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

EMI enclosure

Removing the Follow these steps to remove the EMI enclosure from the computer unit.
EMI enclosure

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Computer Unit, page 6-11.
2. Place the computer unit on an ESD safe area.
3. Remove the two screws securing the EMI enclosure to the computer
unit heatsink as shown in Figure 6-13.

Figure 6-13
4. Unplug the Cooling Fan, Computer Unit, CO-OX cable as shown in
Figure 6-14.

Figure 6-14

Continued on next page

200908 6-17
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

EMI enclosure, Continued

Removing the
Step Action
EMI enclosure
(continued) 5. Tilt the back of the EMI Enclosure up to allow the enclosure to rise
over the computer heatsink as shown in Figure 6-15.

Figure 6-15
6. Unplug the cooling fan, EMI Enclosure from the Fan Power Cable as
shown in Figure 6-16.

Figure 6-16
7. Follow the instructions for removing the Cooling Fan, EMI Enclosure,
page 6-21 to remove the fan from the EMI enclosure.

Continued on next page

6-18 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

EMI enclosure, Continued

Installing the Follow these instructions to install the EMI enclosure to the computer unit.
EMI enclosure
Step Action
1. If necessary, install the Cooling Fan, EMI enclosure, page 6-21 to the
EMI enclosure.
2. Place the EMI enclosure at an angle on top of the computer unit.
3. Slide the printer cable and the long, free end of the fan power cable
into the protected slot on the enclosure as shown in Figure 6-17.

Figure 6-17
4. Connect the cooling fan, EMI enclosure cable to the fan power cable
on the computer unit as shown in Figure 6-18.

Figure 6-18

Continued on next page

200908 6-19
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

EMI enclosure, Continued

Installing the
Step Action
EMI enclosure
(continued) 5. Slide the enclosure under the computer unit back plate and lower the
enclosure to the computer unit. Visually confirm that the enclosure
standoffs are correctly aligned and resting on the correct holes in the
heatsink as shown in Figure 6-19.

Figure 6-19
6. Secure the enclosure with two screws as shown in Figure 6-19.
7. Follow the instructions for installing the Computer Unit, page 6-11.

6-20 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Cooling fan, EMI enclosure

Replacing the Follow these steps to replace the cooling fan attached to the EMI enclosure.
cooling fan, EMI
enclosure
Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the EMI enclosure, page 6-17.
2. Remove the four screws, lock washers and washers from the fan. Lift
the fan out of the EMI enclosure.
NOTE: Be careful to avoid catching the cable on the enclosure.
3. Slide the new cooling fan into the EMI enclosure. Ensure the corner of
the fan where the cable connects is aligned with the notch in the
opening of the enclosure as shown in Figure 6-20.

Figure 6-20
4. Secure the fan with four screws, lock washers and washers. Start all
four screws before final tightening to ensure correct placement of the
fan.
5. Install the EMI enclosure according to the instructions on page 6-17.

200908 6-21
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Cooling fan, FLEX

Replacing the Follow the steps below to replace the computer unit cooling fan in the ABL80
cooling fan, FLEX analyzer.
FLEX
Step Action
1. Remove the Computer Unit, page 6-11.
2. Unplug the cooling fan from the side of the computer unit as shown in
Figure 6-21.
3. Remove the two hex nuts securing the cooling fan to the computer
unit bracket using a 5.5mm nut driver.
4. Replace the old cooling fan with the new cooling fan and secure the
fan with the two hex nuts.
5. Plug the cooling fan cable into the side of the computer unit as shown
in Figure 6-21.

Figure 6-21
6. Replace the Computer Unit, page 6-11.

6-22 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Cooling fan, computer unit, CO-OX

Replacing the Follow the steps below to replace the computer unit cooling fan in the ABL80
cooling fan, FLEX CO-OX analyzer.
CO-OX
Step Action
1. Remove the Computer Unit, page 6-11.
2. Unplug the cooling fan from the fan power cable on top of the EMI
enclosure as shown in Figure 6-22.
NOTE: Depending on the tools available, the EMI enclosure may be
removed for easier access to the hex nuts.
3. Remove the two hex nuts securing the cooling fan to the computer
unit bracket using a 5.5mm nut driver.
4. Replace the old cooling fan with the new one and secure the fan with
the two hex nuts.
5. Plug the cooling fan cable into the fan power cable and secure the
connectors with the cable clamp as shown in Figure 6-22.

Figure 6-22
6. Replace the Computer Unit, page 6-11.

200908 6-23
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Compact flash memory card

Introduction Follow the steps below to replace the compact flash memory card (CF card) in all
versions of the ABL80 FLEX analyzer. This CF card is an industrial grade card
that is not re-programmable and cannot be replaced with a consumer grade flash
memory card.

NOTE: The compact flash memory card contains the application software and all data
files, including a record of installed consumables. When the compact flash memory
card is replaced, the record of any consumables installed on the analyzer is lost.
Any existing sensor cassette can be re-installed, assuming there are tests
remaining and it is not expired.
The system will not allow an existing solution pack to be re-installed. The system
will require the installation of a new solution pack following a compact flash
memory card replacement.

CAUTION: The operating system image installed on the CF card is device (ABL80 FLEX or
ABL80 CO-OX) specific and also computer unit (computer unit, ABL80 or
computer unit, ABL80 2743) specific. Installing a mismatched CF card will cause
the analyzer software to lock-up. To ensure that the correct CF card is being
installed, all CF cards are labeled with the respective part number and analyzer
identification.

NOTE: User settings can be reloaded into the analyzer if the user had previously created a
Transfer Settings file (Menu > Utilities > Transfer Settings). See the operator’s
manual (chapter 8, Utilities) for more details on this feature.

Continued on next page

6-24 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Compact flash memory card, Continued

Replacement Step Action


1. Locate the compact flash memory card in the back of the analyzer as
shown in Figure 6-23.
2. Press the black button until the card is released from the slot.
3. Remove the old card.
4. Slide the new card into the slot, pin-side first and with the label side
facing down. Push until the card stops and the black button pops up.
5. Replace the back cover.

Figure 6-23

200908 6-25
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

CD cable

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the CD cable in all versions of the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer as shown in Figure 6-24.
NOTE: Handle the CD drive with care as it is a sensitive piece of equipment.

Step Action
1. Unplug the old CD cable from the base board and the CD drive
interface board.
2. Plug the new CD cable into the CD drive interface board with pin 1
(the red strip) facing the side of the analyzer.

Figure 6-24

6-26 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

CD drive

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the CD/DVD drive in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.
NOTE: Handle the CD drive with care as it is a sensitive piece of equipment. As
much as possible, hold the metal frame rather than the CD drive to prevent
damage to the drive mechanism.

Step Action
1. Remove the Computer Unit, page 6-11.
2. Remove the EMI shielding strip from the CD drive side of the
computer unit.
3. Unplug the CD cable from the computer unit.
4. Remove the two (2) small flathead screws from the side of the
computer unit frame as shown in Figure 6-25.

Figure 6-25
5. Carefully slide the CD drive (with the CD connector board attached)
out of the computer unit metal shelf.
6. Remove the two screws and nuts that hold the CD connector board to
the CD drive.
7. Attach the CD connector board to the new CD drive and secure the
board with two screws and nuts.
8. Carefully slide the new CD drive into the computer unit metal shelf.
The CD drive must be oriented such that the CD connector board is
nearest the side of the computer unit.
9. The CD drive can slide further than required. Placement is correct
when the CD connector board just exits the metal frame.
10. Re-attach the CD drive with the two (2) small flathead screws on the
side of the computer unit as shown in Figure 6-25.

Continued on next page

200908 6-27
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

CD drive, Continued

Replacement
Step Action
(continued)
11. Attach the new EMI shielding strip onto the side of the computer unit.
Align the hole in the strip with the standoff on the side of the
computer unit.
12. Reconnect the CD cable to the computer unit.
13. Replace the Computer Unit, page 6-11.

6-28 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Internal barcode scanner

Removing the Follow the steps below to remove the internal barcode scanner in all versions of the
barcode scanner ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Remove the Computer Unit, page 6-11.
2. From the top of the computer unit, remove the two M2.5x5 screws
securing the barcode scanner baseplate as shown is Figure 6-26.

Figure 6-26
3. To remove the barcode cable from the computer unit base board, lift
the black tab to a vertical position as shown is Figure 6-27.
4. Slide the barcode cable out of the tan connector
5. Slide the barcode scanner out of the computer unit.

Continued on next page

200908 6-29
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Internal barcode scanner, Continued

Installation Follow these steps to install the internal barcode scanner.


Step Action
1. Slide the new barcode scanner into the computer unit.
2. With the colored tab facing up, slide the barcode cable into the tan
connector on the computer unit base board. Lower the black tab to
lock the cable in place as shown is Figure 6-27.
3. From the bottom of the computer unit, attach the barcode scanner
baseplate using the two M2.5x5 screws and tighten securely.
4. Replace the Computer Unit, page 6-11.

Figure 6-27

6-30 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Computer and base board assembly

Replacement Follow these steps to replace the computer and base board assembly in the
computer unit. These parts are only serviceable as a single unit. Reference the
exploded views for the computer unit in Chapter 3 – Parts List.

Step Action
1. Remove the Computer Unit, page 6-11.
2. Remove the following components from the computer and base board
assembly.
• EMI enclosure (if attached) and two screws
• Fan power cable (if attached)
• Two EMI standoffs (if attached)
• Printer cable
• CF card
• Coin cell battery, 3V
• Cooling fan (FLEX or CO-OX) and two hex nuts
• CD drive cable
• CD drive connector board and two screws
• CD drive and two screws
• Internal barcode scanner and two screws
• Loudspeaker bracket and screw
• Loudspeaker
NOTE: The EMI shielding strips may remain on the assembly. The
new assembly will have the strips pre-attached.
3. Set the defective computer and base board assembly aside.
4. Re-attach the items listed in step 2 above to the new computer and
base board assembly:
5. Replace the Computer Unit, page 6-11.

200908 6-31
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Display unit

Introduction The display unit may be replaced as a complete assembly in all versions of the
ABL80 FLEX analyzer.
When individual components of this unit require replacement, the display unit must
first be removed (according to the instructions on the next page) and the Display
Back Cover (first sub-section) removed. Then refer to the appropriate sections
listed below for each of the components that may be serviced.
The sections listed below are the only parts that may be replaced in the display
unit. Do not attempt to service any other components.

IMPORTANT: The computer unit must be removed before attempting to remove the display unit.
Follow the instructions for removing the Computer Unit, page 6-11.

Contents This subsection contains the following topics.


Display back cover ............................................................................................... 6-35
Display arms ......................................................................................................... 6-37
Display hinge......................................................................................................... 6-38
Display cable ......................................................................................................... 6-39
Display board........................................................................................................ 6-40
Touch panel .......................................................................................................... 6-41
Display screen assembly ...................................................................................... 6-44

Continued on next page

6-32 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Display unit, Continued

Removal Follow the steps below to remove the display unit in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the computer unit, page 6-11.
2. Remove the four M3x6 screws (two on each side, upper and lower)
securing the display arms to the sides of the main frame as shown in
Figure 6-28.

Figure 6-28
3. From the front of the analyzer, slide the display unit forward.

Continued on next page

200908 6-33
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Display unit, Continued

Installation Follow the steps below to install the display unit in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Align the display arms parallel with each other. This will facilitate the
installation of the display unit.
2. From the front of the analyzer, slide the display arms into the base
housing. Align the top of the display arms with the opening in the
base housing, as shown in Figure 6-29.

Figure 6-29
3. Slide the display unit into the base housing until the display arm holes
are aligned with the holes in the main frame.
4. Insert the four screws to hold the display arms to the main frame. Do
not secure the screws tightly until the computer unit is installed.
5. Replace the Computer Unit, page 6-11.
6. Re-attach the Barcode Lens, page 6-74.
7. Follow the instructions for closing the Front Cover Unit, page 6-45.

6-34 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Display back cover

Removal Follow these steps to remove the display back cover in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Unscrew the four M3x6 screws securing the display back cover, as
shown in Figure 6-30, and lift the display back cover away from the
display unit.

Figure 6-30

Continued on next page

200908 6-35
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Display back cover, Continued

Replacement Follow these steps to replace the display back cover.


Step Action
1. IMPORTANT: Verify that both the touch panel and display screen are
aligned squarely in the display front cover.
2. Verify that only the display cable extends out of the unit and all other
cables must be inside the display housings.
NOTE: The ferrite should be positioned outside the display unit.
3. Place the display back cover on the display unit.
4. Secure the cover with the four M3x6 screws.
5. Re-attach the Display Unit, page 6-32.

6-36 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Display arms

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the display arms in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Unscrew the two M4x6 screws securing the display unit hinge to the
damaged (left or right) display arm as shown in Figure 6-31.
2. Replace the display arm with the appropriate left or right replacement
part and secure tightly to the hinge with the two M4x6 screws.
3. Re-attach the Display Unit, page 6-32.

Figure 6-31

200908 6-37
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Display hinge

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace a display hinge in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer. Reference Figure 6-32.

Step Action
1. Remove the Display Back Cover, page 6-35.
2. Remove the Display Arm, page 6-37 from the damaged hinge.
3. Using an 2.5mm Allen wrench, unscrew the two M4x8 low head cap
screws with lock washers securing the damaged (left or right) display
unit hinge to the display bracket.
4. Replace the display hinge with the appropriate left or right
replacement part and tightly secure the hinge to the display bracket
with the two hex screws and washers.
5. Tightly secure the Display Arm, page 6-37 to the display hinge with
two screws.
6. Reinstall the Display Back Cover, page 6-35.

Figure 6-32

6-38 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Display cable

Removal Follow these steps to replace the display cable in all versions of the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.

Step Action
1. Remove the Display Back Cover, page 6-35.
2. Disconnect the display cable from the display board as shown in
Figure 6-33.

Installation Follow these steps to install the new display cable in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer. Reference Figure 6-33.

Step Action
1. Attach the display cable with the following marking into the display
board. The connectors are keyed for proper connection.
J2
Display Interface Conn
NOTE: The display cable is marked on the cable with identification
for proper orientation. This cable is polarized and will only work in
the proper direction.
2. Reinstall the Display Back Cover, page 6-35.

Figure 6-33

200908 6-39
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Display board

Removal Follow these steps to remove the display board in all versions of the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer. Reference Figure 6-34.

Step Action
1. Remove the Display Back Cover, page 6-35.
2. Disconnect the display cable, touch panel cable, LCD display cable
and backlight cable as indicated in Figure 6-34.
3. Remove the four M3x4 Phillips head screws and lift out the display
board.

Installation Follow these steps to install the new display board in all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer. Reference Figure 6-34.

Step Action
1. Align the new display board into the display unit and secure tightly
with four M3x4 Phillips head screws.
2. Connect the backlight cable, LCD display cable, touch panel cable and
display cable.
3. Reinstall the Display Back Cover, page 6-35.

Figure 6-34

6-40 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Touch panel

Replacement Follow these steps to replace the touch panel in all versions of the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.

Step Action
1. Remove the Display Back Cover, page 6-35.
2. Disconnect the touch panel cable as shown in Figure 6-35.

Figure 6-35
3. Lift the display assembly straight out of the display front cover. Set
the assembly aside with the display screen facing up.
4. Lift out the touch panel.

Continued on next page

200908 6-41
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Touch panel, Continued

Replacement
Step Action
(continued)
5. Being careful not to leave fingerprints on the inside surface of the
touch panel, place the new touch panel into the guides of the display
front cover. The connector should face the bottom left corner of the
cover as shown in Figure 6-36. The gasket side of the panel should
rest against the front cover.

Figure 6-36
6. CAREFULLY place the display assembly on top of the touch panel,
while feeding the touch panel connector through the opening in the
bottom left of the display assembly bracket.

Continued on next page

6-42 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Touch panel, Continued

Replacement
Step Action
(continued)
7. Re-connect the touch panel cable to the display board as shown in
Figure 6-37.

Figure 6-37
8. Replace the Display Back Cover, page 6-35.

200908 6-43
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Display screen assembly

Replacement Follow these steps to replace the display screen assembly in all versions of the
ABL80 FLEX analyzer. This assembly includes the LCD display and the display
bracket.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Display Hinges, page 6-38.
Remove both hinges from the display bracket.
2. Remove the Display Board, page 6-40.
3. Lift the display assembly straight out of the display front cover. Set
the assembly aside with the display screen facing up.
4. Place the new display screen assembly into the display front cover.
5. Re-attach the Display Board, page 6-40.
6. Re-attach the Display Hinges, page 6-38.

6-44 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Front cover unit – FLEX

Introduction This section describes the front cover unit in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer. Opening
the front cover unit allows access to the components listed below. Opening the
front cover unit is also necessary when removing the computer unit or the display
unit.
• Roller motor
• Luer assembly
• Cassette alignment post
• Sensor board cable
• Sensor board
• Opto sensors
• Waste drain
• Signal data board
• Waste tubing set
• SP latch top plate

Contents This subsection contains the following topics.


Access to the front cover unit, FLEX ................................................................. 6-46
Roller assembly..................................................................................................... 6-48
Roller motor.......................................................................................................... 6-49
Sensor luer assembly............................................................................................ 6-50
Cassette post assembly ......................................................................................... 6-51
Sensor board cable ............................................................................................... 6-52
Sensor board ......................................................................................................... 6-53
Opto sensors.......................................................................................................... 6-54
Waste drain assembly .......................................................................................... 6-58
Signal data board ................................................................................................. 6-59
SP latch plate, FLEX............................................................................................ 6-62
Front cover............................................................................................................ 6-66
Tubing replacement ............................................................................................. 6-69
Barcode lens.......................................................................................................... 6-74

200908 6-45
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Access to the front cover unit, FLEX

Accessing the Follow the steps below to open the front cover unit in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.
front cover unit

Step Action
1. Remove the battery pack as described in Chapter 5 – Primary Parts
Replacement.
2. From the back of the analyzer, loosen the three screws securing the
front cover unit as shown in Figure 6-38. Removal of the screws is not
required.

Figure 6-38
3. Ensure the analyzer handle is completely lowered then tilt the display
unit back fully. This will provide the clearance necessary to open the
front cover unit.
4. From the front of the analyzer, slide the front cover unit forward on
the guides and tilt the unit down for access as shown in Figure 6-39.

Figure 6-39

Continued on next page

6-46 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Access to the front cover unit, FLEX, Continued

Closing the Follow these steps to close the front cover unit in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.
front cover unit
Step Action
1. Verify that all cables and tubing have been reconnected.
2. Ensure the analyzer handle is completely lowered then tilt the display
unit back fully. This will provide the clearance necessary to close the
front cover unit.
3. Tilt the front cover unit back to the upright position then slide the unit
back into the main housing until it stops. The front cover unit should
align cleanly with the main housing.
4. Examine the space below the waste drain between the front cover
casing and the upper wall of the solution pack cavity to ensure that the
waste tubing was not twisted or pinched when the front cover unit was
closed.
5. Hold the front cover unit from the front of the analyzer and hand-
tighten the three screws shown in Figure 6-40.

Figure 6-40
6. Verify that the screws are holding the unit by gently attempting to
slide the front cover unit forward. The front cover unit should move
forward only slightly.
7. Complete the tightening of the three screws. This will pull the front
cover unit into the main housing.
8. Replace the battery pack as described in Chapter 5 – Primary Parts
Replacement.

200908 6-47
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Roller assembly

Required tools 920-722 1/16” Allen wrench

Removal Follow the steps below to remove the roller assembly in the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.

Step Action
1. Using a 1/16” Allen wrench, loosen the two set screws on the sides of
the roller assembly at the front of the front cover unit as shown in
Figure 6-41.
2. Pull the roller assembly and spacer from the roller motor shaft.

Installation Follow these steps to install the roller wheel.

Step Action
1. Place the roller assembly spacer into the roller assembly.
2. Slide the roller assembly and spacer fully onto the roller motor shaft.
3. Tighten the two set screws on the sides of the roller assembly evenly
until they are secure as shown in Figure 6-41.

Figure 6-41

6-48 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Roller motor

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the roller motor in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Remove the Roller Assembly, page 6-48.
2. Unplug the roller motor from the Signal Data board as shown in
Figure 6-42.

Figure 6-42
3. Unfasten the two screws securing the roller motor and lift straight out
of the front cover unit as shown in Figure 6-43.

Figure 6-43
4. Position the replacement roller motor into the opening on the front
cover unit with the cable toward the center of the analyzer and the
screw holes aligned with the front cover unit inserts.
5. Tightly fasten the roller motor with two M4x6 screws.
6. Plug the roller motor cable into the Signal Data board.
7. Re-attach the Roller Assembly, page 6-48.

200908 6-49
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Sensor luer assembly

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the sensor luer assembly in the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.

Step Action
1. Remove the Signal Data Board, page 6-59.
2. Disconnect the tubing from the sensor luer and the manifold.
3. Hold the sensor luer assembly snugly on the outside of the front cover
unit then, using a 5/16” nut driver (or 5/16” wrench), remove the hex
nut from the sensor luer assembly (as shown in Figure 6-44).
4. Remove the old sensor luer assembly.
5. Insert the new sensor luer assembly into the opening in the front of the
front cover unit.
6. Add the #6 flat washer to the luer on the inside of the front cover unit
7. Add a hex nut to the sensor luer assembly and tighten with the nut
driver.
NOTE: When installing a new sensor luer assembly, hold the sensor
luer assembly by hand. DO NOT use pliers or similar tool to hold the
luer as this may damage the surface and cause leakage. A sensor
cassette may be used to hold the luer in place.
8. Slide the new 6 inch piece of tubing fully onto both the manifold unit
luer and the sensor luer assembly.
9. Replace the Signal Data Board, page 6-59.

Figure 6-44

6-50 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Cassette post assembly

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the cassette post assembly in the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.

Step Action
1. While holding the cassette post assembly from the front of the front
cover unit, unfasten the support screw as shown in Figure 6-45 and
remove the screw and washer. The old cassette post will slide out the
front of the front cover unit.
2. From the front of the front cover unit, insert the new cassette post
assembly, with the bevel side up, into the hole in the center of the
sensor cavity.
3. From the inside, add the #6 flat washer over the shoulder of the
cassette post assembly.
4. Insert the screw into the cassette post assembly and securely tighten.

Figure 6-45

200908 6-51
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Sensor board cable

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the sensor board cable in the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.

Step Action
1. Unplug the sensor board cable from the sensor board and the Signal
Data board as shown in Figure 6-46.
2. Plug the new sensor board cable into the Signal Data board with pin 1
(the red-strip) facing the waste drain.
3. Plug the other end of the sensor board cable into the sensor board.
4. Whenever the sensor board cable is replaced, the sensor channels must
be zeroed. Follow the Zero Check procedure in Chapter 4 – Test and
Calibration Procedures.

Figure 6-46

6-52 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Sensor board

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the sensor board in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Unplug the sensor board cable from the sensor board.
2. Remove the two M3x4 screws and washers securing the sensor board
to the front cover unit.
3. Lift the sensor board out of the front cover unit.
4. Insert the black female connector through the front cover unit opening
(the blue male connector will be facing into the analyzer and toward
the top of the front cover unit). Align the holes in the board with the
mounting locations in the front cover unit housing, as shown in Figure
6-47.
5. While holding the sensor board in place, install an SC80 to verify
proper alignment of the board.
6. Securely tighten the sensor board with the two screws and washers.
7. Plug the sensor board cable into the sensor board.
8. Remove the SC80.
9. Whenever the sensor board is replaced, the sensor channels must be
zeroed. Follow the Zero Check procedure in Chapter 4 – Test and
Calibration Procedures.

Figure 6-47

200908 6-53
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Opto sensors

Introduction Follow the steps below to remove the opto sensors in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.
One sensor is used to indicate when the SC80 sensor cassette inlet flap is raised or
lowered. The other is used to indicate when the SP latch is open or closed.

Continued on next page

6-54 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Opto sensors, Continued

Opto sensor, Follow the steps below to replace the opto sensor for the sensor cassette in the
SC80 ABL80 FLEX analyzer. Reference Figure 6-48.

Step Action
1. Unplug the opto sensor from the Signal Data board.
2. Remove the two M2.5x5 screws securing the opto sensor to the front
cover unit.
3. Remove the old opto sensor.
4. Place the new opto sensor in the front cover unit as shown.
5. Securely fasten the opto sensor to the front cover unit with the two
screws.
6. Plug the opto sensor into the Signal Data board.

Figure 6-48

Continued on next page

200908 6-55
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Opto sensors, Continued

Opto sensor, Follow the steps below to replace the opto sensor for the SP latch in the ABL80
SP latch FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Unplug the opto sensor from the Signal Data board as shown in Figure
6-49.
2. Remove the two M3x6 screws securing the opto sensor and bracket to
the latch top plate, as shown in Figure 6-49.

Figure 6-49
3. Remove the opto sensor from the switch bracket.

Continued on next page

6-56 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Opto sensors, Continued

Opto sensor, SP
Step Action
latch (continued)
4. Place the new opto-sensor into the switch bracket as shown in Figure
6-50.
NOTE: The opto sensor may be placed in the bracket with the wires
facing either direction. The connector at the end of the cable is keyed
to ensure proper connection.

Figure 6-50
5. Close the SP latch to ensure proper placement of the opto sensor.
6. Place the opto sensor assembly onto the latch top plate.
7. Securely fasten the opto sensor and bracket to the latch top plate with
the two screws, as shown in Figure 6-51.

Figure 6-51
8. Plug the opto-sensor into the Signal Data board.

200908 6-57
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Waste drain assembly

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the waste drain assembly in the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.

Step Action
1. Disconnect the waste tubing set from the waste drain assembly.
2. Remove the two M3x8 screws securing the waste drain and gasket
assembly. Lift the waste drain assembly away from the front cover
unit.
3. Install the new waste drain assembly into the front cover unit as
shown in Figure 6-52.
NOTE: Always replace the gasket with the waste drain. A new gasket
comes with each new drain.
4. Secure the waste drain using the two screws. The connection should
be secure but not overly tight as this may cause the waste drain to
crack.
5. Reconnect the waste tubing set to the waste drain assembly. Ensure
that the tubing is fully seated on the waste drain connection

Figure 6-52

6-58 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Signal data board

Removal Follow the steps below to remove the signal data board in the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.
NOTE: Use ESD precautions when handling this board.

Step Action
1. Unplug all connections from the signal data board as shown in Figure
6-53.

Figure 6-53
2. Using a small Phillips head screwdriver, loosen the M3x6 screw
holding the lower front cover unit standoff as shown in Figure 6-54.

Figure 6-54

Continued on next page

200908 6-59
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Signal data board, Continued

Removal
Step Action
(continued)
3. Rotate the standoff 180° to allow space for removing the signal data
board as shown in Figure 6-55.

Figure 6-55
4. Remove the two M3x6 screws with lock washers holding the signal
data board support in front of the board and lift out the support as
shown in Figure 6-55.
5. While firmly holding the signal data board, slide the board out to
unplug the connection to the main distribution board.
6. When the board clears the base housing guides, lift the board slightly
to remove it from the base housing.

Continued on next page

6-60 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Signal data board, Continued

Installation Follow the steps below to install the new signal data board.

Step Action
1. Slide the new signal data board into the base housing guides as shown
in Figure 6-55 until the signal data board is securely connected to the
main distribution board.
2. Rotate the front cover unit standoff into a parallel position with the
other two standoffs. The standoff is keyed to fit the front cover unit.
Secure the standoff by tightening the screw.
3. Place the signal data board support onto the two standoffs on the SP
latch plate and secure the two M3x6 screws and lock washers.
4. Reconnect all connections to the signal data board as shown in Figure
6-56. All connections are keyed to allow only one correct fit.
5. The sensor board cable connects to the signal data board with Pin 1
(red strip) facing the waste drain.
6. Whenever the signal data board is replaced, the sensor channels must
be zeroed. Follow the Zero Check procedure in Chapter 4 – Test and
Calibration Procedures.

Figure 6-56

200908 6-61
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

SP latch plate, FLEX

Original latch Some of the early ABL80 FLEX analyzers were released with an earlier latch plate
plate version: and sliding hinge design, (item 1 as shown in Figure 6-57). Replacement of this
configuration latch plate or sliding hinges will require replacement of both items
as a set.

Figure 6-57

Continued on next page

6-62 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

SP latch plate, FLEX, Continued

Current latch The ABL80 FLEX analyzer front cover (item 3) now includes the sliding hinge(item
plate version: 1) and pivot hinge (item 2) as shown in Figure 6-58. This new design also moves
the barcode lens (item 4) from the internal barcode scanner assembly to the front
cover. This version of the front cover requires the most current internal barcode
scanner assembly (REF 902-992).

Figure 6-58

200908 6-63
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

SP latch plate, FLEX, Continued

Replacing the Follow Action


SP latch plate the
steps
below
to
replace
the SP
latch
plate in
the
ABL80
FLEX
analyze
r.Step
1. Follow the individual instructions to remove the following parts:
• Signal Data Board, page 6-59
• Opto sensor SP Latch, page 6-56
2. Disconnect the waste tubing set from the waste drain and the sensor
luer. Release the waste tubing set from the cable clamp on the SP latch
plate.
3. Remove the two screws securing the SP latch plate to the base housing
as shown in Figure 6-59.
4. Remove the old SP latch plate and front cover unit.
5. Remove the four screws securing the sliding hinges to the old SP latch
plate as shown in Figure 6-59.

Figure 6-59

Continued on next page

6-64 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

SP latch plate, FLEX, Continued

Replacing the
Step Action
SP latch plate
(continued) 6. Attach the sliding hinges to the new SP Latch plate as shown in Figure
6-60.
7. Slide the new SP latch plate into the base housing and attach the new
plate to the housing with the two screws as shown in Figure 6-60.

Figure 6-60
8. Reattach the waste tubing set to the waste drain and the sensor luer.
9. Move the waste tubing set back into place and secure the waste drain
connection tube with the cable clamp.
10. Re-install the following components according to their individual
instructions.
• Opto sensor SP Latch, page 6-56
• Signal Data board, page 6-59

200908 6-65
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Front cover

Replacement Follow the steps below to replace the front cover in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.
NOTE: The front cover service part includes the waste drain and sliding hinges.

Step Action
1. Unplug the following connections to the signal data board as shown in
Figure 6-61.
• Opto-sensor, SC80
• Roller motor
2. Unplug the Sensor board cable from the sensor board as shown in
Figure 6-61.
3. Disconnect the waste tubing set from the waste drain and the sensor
luer as shown in Figure 6-61.

Figure 6-61

Continued on next page

6-66 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Front cover, Continued

Replacement
Step Action
(continued)
4. Remove the four screws securing the sliding hinges to the SP latch
plate as shown in Figure 6-62.

Figure 6-62
5. Move the front cover unit to a clean work area.
6. Using a Phillips head screwdriver, remove the three screws holding
the three front cover unit standoffs.
7. Follow the instructions to remove the following items from the front
cover.
• Roller motor, page 6-49
• Sensor luer assembly, page 6-50
• Sensor board, page 6-53
• Opto sensor, SC80, page 6-55
8. Re-attach the items in the 2 steps above to the new front cover.
9. Align the new front cover unit sliding hinges with the SP latch plate
and secure the sliding hinges to the SP latch plate with the four screws
as shown in Figure 6-62.

Continued on next page

200908 6-67
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Front cover, Continued

Replacement
Step Action
(continued)
10. Fully seat the waste tubing set onto the waste drain and the sensor luer
assembly as shown in Figure 6-63.

Figure 6-63
11. Reconnect the following connections to the signal data board as
shown in Figure 6-63.
• Opto-sensor, SC80
• Roller motor
12. Reconnect the Sensor board cable to the sensor board as shown in
Figure 6-63.

6-68 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Tubing replacement

Removal Follow the steps below to replace the analyzer tubing in the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer by removing the waste tubing sets and the sensor luer tubing.

Step Action
1. Follow the Long-Term Storage procedure in Chapter 7 – Preventative
Maintenance to disinfect the lines and drain the tubing of residual
fluids.
2. Remove the Signal Data board, page 6-59.
3. Disconnect the sensor luer tubing from the sensor luer assembly and
the manifold unit as shown in Figure 6-64.
4. Disconnect the primary waste tubing set from the following
connection points:
• The cable clamp on
the SP latch plate
• Manifold unit luer
• Waste drain
• Secondary tubing set
at the “T” Connector

Figure 6-64
5. Remove the old primary waste tubing set.
6. From the SP80 cavity, release the secondary waste tubing set from the
tubing clamp as shown in Figure 6-65.

Continued on next page

200908 6-69
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Tubing replacement, Continued

Removal
Step Action
(continued)
7. Disconnect the secondary waste tubing set from the elbow connector
on the waste pump head as shown in Figure 6-65.

Figure 6-65
8. Remove the old secondary waste tubing set.

Continued on next page

6-70 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Tubing replacement, Continued

Installation Follow these steps to install the new analyzer tubing in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Using Figure 6-66 as a reference, securely connect the secondary
waste tubing set at the elbow connector to the top waste pump head
tubing. Feed the tubing section through the opening at the top of the
base housing SP80 cavity, next to the manifold unit. Secure the
secondary waste tubing set with the tubing clamp keeping the check
valve above the clamp.

Figure 6-66
2. Place the new primary waste tubing set behind the front cover unit in
the base housing cavity. Securely attach the “T” connector to the
secondary waste tubing set as shown in Figure 6-67.

Figure 6-67

Continued on next page

200908 6-71
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Tubing replacement, Continued

Installation
Step Action
(continued)
3. Secure the long tubing piece under the cable clamp. Do not pinch the
waste tubing; this could result in waste drain blockage. Fully seat the
long tubing onto the waste drain as shown in Figure 6-68.

Figure 6-68
4. Fully seat the short tubing piece to the luer on the manifold unit in the
bottom rear opening of the base housing.

Continued on next page

6-72 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Tubing replacement, Continued

Installation
Step Action
(continued)
5. Slide the new sensor luer tubing onto the manifold unit luer and the
sensor luer assembly as shown in Figure 6-69.
6. Reinstall the Signal Data board, page 6-59.

Figure 6-69

200908 6-73
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Barcode lens

Introduction In earlier ABL80 FLEX analyzer versions the barcode lens is attached to the
internal barcode scanner. In later analyzer versions the barcode lens is attached to
the front cover. Open the front cover to identify the location of the barcode lens
then follow the associated instructions for replacement.

Lens located on Follow the steps below to replace the barcode lens (on the barcode scanner) in the
barcode scanner ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Remove two M2.5x5 screws holding the barcode lens and remove the
lens.
2. Gently clean the replacement barcode lens and hold it in place as
shown in Figure 6-70. Do not get fingerprints or other marks on the
backside of the lens.

Figure 6-70
3. Insert and tighten the screws carefully to prevent cracking or
damaging the lens.
4. Clean the outside of the barcode lens to remove fingerprints.

Continued on next page

6-74 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Barcode lens, Continued

Lens located on Follow the steps below to replace the barcode lens (on the front cover) in the
front cover ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Lift the barcode lens from the bottom off of the pin.
2. Slide the barcode lens down for removal.
3. Gently clean the replacement barcode lens. Hold the lens with the pin
hole down and toward the center of the analyzer.
4. Slide the lens into the front cover location until the lens drops onto the
support pin.
5. Clean the outside of the barcode lens to remove fingerprints.

200908 6-75
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Front cover unit, CO-OX

Introduction The front cover unit of the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer must be removed to
access the internal components, which are listed below, and to remove the
computer unit or the display unit.
• CO-OX power cable
• Analog board cable
• Opto sensor, SP latch
• Bracket, latch sensor
• SP Latch plate, CO-OX

Contents This subsection contains the following topics.


Removing the front cover unit, CO-OX ............................................................. 6-77
Spectrometer assembly ........................................................................................ 6-83
Waste drain luer assembly .................................................................................. 6-86
Inlet mini luer assembly....................................................................................... 6-87
Cassette post ......................................................................................................... 6-88
Cooling fan, CO-OX............................................................................................. 6-89
Waste tubing kit, CO-OX .................................................................................... 6-91
Hemolyzer tubing kit ........................................................................................... 6-93
Peristaltic pump motor assembly........................................................................ 6-94
Liquid sensor assembly........................................................................................ 6-96
Hemolyzer assembly............................................................................................. 6-98
Pinch valve and pinch valve bracket ................................................................ 6-107
Hemolyzer bracket ............................................................................................. 6-111
Control boards bracket...................................................................................... 6-112
CO-OX control board ........................................................................................ 6-116
Analog board ...................................................................................................... 6-117
Opto sensor board .............................................................................................. 6-118
Opto sensor board cable .................................................................................... 6-119
Sensor connector board ..................................................................................... 6-122
Spectrometer cable............................................................................................. 6-123
Hemolyzer cable ................................................................................................. 6-124
Analog board cable ............................................................................................ 6-126
CO-OX power cable........................................................................................... 6-127
Barcode lens, CO-OX......................................................................................... 6-129

6-76 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Removing the front cover unit, CO-OX

Removing the Follow the steps below to remove the front cover unit in ABL80 FLEX the CO-OX
front cover unit, analyzer.
CO-OX

Step Action
1. Remove the battery pack as described in Chapter 5 – Primary Parts
Replacement.
2. From the back of the analyzer, loosen the three screws securing the
front cover unit as shown in Figure 6-71. Removal of the screws is not
required.

Figure 6-71
3. Ensure the analyzer handle is completely lowered then tilt the display
unit back fully. This will provide the clearance necessary to open the
front cover unit.
4. From the front of the analyzer, slide the front cover unit forward.

Continued on next page

200908 6-77
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Removing the front cover unit, CO-OX, Continued

Removing the
Step Action
front cover unit,
CO-OX 5. While supporting the front cover unit (refer to Figure 6-72):
(continued)
• Disconnect the sensor luer tubing at the tubing reducer attached to
the peristaltic pump motor tubing
• Disconnect the waste tubing from the waste luer.

Figure 6-72
6. Disconnect the opto-sensor cable from the analog board at the bottom
of the front cover unit.
7. Disconnect the analog board cable from the analog board at the
bottom of the front cover unit as shown in Figure 6-73. Pinch the sides
of the locking connector to remove.

Continued on next page

6-78 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Removing the front cover unit, CO-OX, Continued

Removing the
Step Action
front cover unit,
CO-OX 8. Disconnect the CO-OX power cable from the spine board as shown in
(continued) Figure 6-73. Pinch the top of the connector to remove.

Figure 6-73
9. Remove the front cover unit.

Continued on next page

200908 6-79
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Removing the front cover unit, CO-OX, Continued

Attaching the Follow these steps to attach the front cover unit.
front cover unit
Step Action
1. While supporting the front cover unit at front of the analyzer, verify
that the following cables and tubing have been fully and securely
reconnected. Ensure the cables are not inserted at an angle as this may
result in damage to the connector pins (refer to Figure 6-74):
• Opto-sensor cable
• Analog board cable

Figure 6-74

Continued on next page

6-80 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Removing the front cover unit, CO-OX, Continued

Attaching the
Step Action
front cover unit
(continued) 2. Attach the waste luer tubing and the sensor luer tubing as identified in
Figure 6-75.

Figure 6-75
3. Attach the CO-OX power cable to the spine board as shown in Figure
6-76.

Figure 6-76

Continued on next page

200908 6-81
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Removing the front cover unit, CO-OX, Continued

Attaching the
Step Action
front cover unit
(continued) 4. Ensure the analyzer handle is completely lowered then tilt the display
unit back fully. This will provide the clearance necessary to close the
front cover unit.
5. Slide the unit back into the main housing until it stops. The front
cover unit should align cleanly with the main housing.
NOTE: Take special care when closing the cover that the opto-sensor
cable, analog board cable and the waste tubing do not become twisted
or kinked.
6. Hold the front cover unit from the front of the analyzer and hand-
tighten the three screws shown in Figure 6-77.

Figure 6-77
7. Complete the tightening of the three screws. This will pull the front
cover unit into the main housing.
8. Replace the battery pack as described in Chapter 5 – Primary Parts
Replacement.

6-82 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Spectrometer assembly

Removing the Follow the steps below to replace the spectrometer assembly in the ABL80 FLEX
spectrometer CO-OX analyzer. Use Figure 6-78 as a reference.
assembly
CAUTION: DO NOT stretch, bend or kink the hemolyzer optical cable. This fiber
optic cable can be easily damaged.

Step Action
1. Disconnect the spectrometer cable from the spectrometer by squeezing
the sides of the connector.
2. Remove the two screws and lock washers that secure the spectrometer
assembly bracket to the front cover.
3. Gently tilt the spectrometer assembly while lifting it from the front
cover unit until the hemolyzer optical cable is in position to be
carefully disconnected from the spectrometer.
4. Unscrew the hemolyzer optical cable from the spectrometer.

Figure 6-78

Continued on next page

200908 6-83
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Spectrometer assembly, Continued

Re-installing the Follow these steps to re-install the spectrometer assembly.


spectrometer
assembly
Step Action
1. Carefully insert the spectrometer assembly into the front cover unit
behind the opto sensor board and under the connector on the analog
board as shown in Figure 6-79.

Figure 6-79
2. Securely tighten the two screws and washers to hold the spectrometer
assembly bracket to the front cover.

Continued on next page

6-84 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Spectrometer assembly, Continued

Re-installing the
Step Action
spectrometer
assembly 3. Gently attach the hemolyzer optical cable to the spectrometer
(continued) assembly. Secure the connector finger-tight.
CAUTION: Maintain the loop in the hemolyzer optical cable as
shown in Figure 6-80 with the fiber optic cable routed between the
pinch valve and the front cover standoff. If the cable becomes bent or
kinked it will not function properly.

Figure 6-80
4. Re-attach the spectrometer cable to the spectrometer assembly.
5. Re-attach the front cover unit to the analyzer.
6. Follow the tHb calibration procedure as described in Chapter 4 – Test
and Calibration. This calibration must be performed whenever the
hemolyzer optical cable is disconnected from the spectrometer.

200908 6-85
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Waste drain luer assembly

Introduction Follow these steps to replace the waste drain luer assembly in the ABL80 FLEX
CO-OX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.
2. Using a 5/16 inch nut driver, remove the nut and washer holding the
waste drain luer assembly as shown in Figure 6-81. Allow the luer to
drop out of the front cover.

Figure 6-81
3. From the front of the front cover, insert a new waste drain luer. The
luer is shaped to fit the notched opening in the cover.
4. Attach the washer and nut to the back of the waste luer and secure
with a 5/16 inch nut driver.
5. Follow the instructions for attaching the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.

6-86 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Inlet mini luer assembly

Introduction Follow these instructions to replace the inlet mini-luer assembly in the ABL80
FLEX CO-OX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Hemolyzer Assembly, page
6-98.
2. Using a 5/16 inch nut driver or wrench, remove the nut and washer
securing the luer (reference Figure 6-82).
NOTE: If there is insufficient space to use the nut driver, remove the
sensor connector board by following the instructions on page 6-53.

Figure 6-82
3. Remove the inlet mini-luer assembly from the front of the front cover
and insert the new inlet mini-luer assembly. The luer is designed to fit
the shape of the front cover.
4. Tightly secure the inlet mini-luer assembly with one screw and
washer.
5. If necessary, replace the sensor connector board.
6. Follow the instructions for Installing the Hemolyzer Assembly, page
6-101.

200908 6-87
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Cassette post

Introduction Follow these instructions to replace the cassette post in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX
analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Hemolyzer Assembly, page
6-98.
2. Remove the screw and washer securing the cassette post (reference
Figure 6-83). There is an adhesive on this screw that will have to be
released.

Figure 6-83
3. Remove the cassette post from the front of the front cover and insert
the new cassette post. The post is shaped to fit the shape of the front
cover.
CAUTION: Ensure the post is correctly aligned with the slot.
Incorrect positioning can cause fluid leakage from the sensor cassette
luer.
4. Tightly secure the cassette post with one screw and washer.
5. Follow the instructions for Installing the Hemolyzer Assembly, page
6-101.

6-88 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Cooling fan, CO-OX

Cooling fan, Follow these steps to replace the cooling fan in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX
CO-OX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.
2. Unplug the cooling fan from the CO-OX control board as shown in
Figure 6-84.

Figure 6-84
3. Remove the screw that secures the cooling fan bracket to the front
cover, as shown in Figure 6-84.
4. Remove the thread-cutting screw that secures the fan to the bracket, as
shown in Figure 6-85.

Figure 6-85

Continued on next page

200908 6-89
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Cooling fan, CO-OX, Continued

Cooling fan,
Step Action
CO-OX
(continued) 5. Attach the bracket to the new cooling fan with the thread-cutting
screw, in the location shown in Figure 6-85.
6. Attach the fan bracket as shown in Figure 6-86 and secure with the
screw.

Figure 6-86
7. Connect the fan cable to the CO-OX control board as shown in Figure
6-86.
8. Follow the instructions for attaching the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.

6-90 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Waste tubing kit, CO-OX

Replacing the Follow these instructions to replace the waste tubing in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX
Waste Tubing analyzer.

Step Action
1. Remove the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX, page 6-77.
2. From the SP80 cavity:
• Remove the screw on the strain relief holding the waste tubing.
• Disconnect the 90° elbow connector from the waste pump tube.
• Disconnect the waste tubing from the top of the check valve.
• Remove the lower waste tubing set.
3. From the front cover unit cavity, disconnect the waste tubing from the
manifold and the cable clamp. Remove the upper waste tubing set.
4. Attach the strain relief to the new lower tubing set with the elbow
connector turned as shown in Figure 6-87.

Figure 6-87
5. From the front cover unit cavity, insert the new upper waste tubing
set. Feed the medium tube through the opening to the left of the
manifold.
6. From the SP80 cavity, attach the check valve of the lower tubing set to
the medium piece of the upper tubing set.
7. Secure the strain relief with the screw.

Continued on next page

200908 6-91
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Waste tubing kit, CO-OX, Continued

Replacing the
Step Action
Waste Tubing
(continued) 8. From the front cover unit cavity, route the waste tubing over the
pump-manifold tubing.
9. Attach the short piece of the waste tubing to the luer on the right of
the manifold.
10. Secure the long piece of tubing under the cable clamp. Ensure that the
clamp does not pinch the tubing.
11. Insert the front cover unit into the main housing.
12. Perform a test of the waste tubing by following steps 13-21. This test
is designed to verify proper flow through the waste tubing and to
ensure there are no leaks in the waste line.
13. Log on to the analyzer using the service password SENDX.782.
14. Select Menu > Utilities > Diagnostics.
15. Remove any sensor cassette present on the analyzer.
16. Ensure there is either a solution pack installed or adequate absorbent
material in the solution pack cavity, below the manifold luers.
17. Introduce 2 cc of deionized water into the waste drain.
18. Press Waste Pump from the Diagnostics screen to activate the waste
pump and pull the deionized water through the waste lines.
19. • Verify that the tubing and connections are not leaking.
• Verify that the fluid is flowing through the system to ensure that
the tubing is not pinched or twisted.
20. Clean and dry the solution pack cavity, if necessary.
21. Press Close to exit the Diagnostics screen and return to the main
menu.

6-92 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Hemolyzer tubing kit

Removing the Follow these steps to remove the hemolyzer tubing and related recommended
hemolyzer components in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer.
tubing

Step Action
1. Follow the steps for removing the Peristaltic Pump Motor Assembly,
page 6-94.
2. Remove the waste line tubing connected between the peristaltic pump
motor and the manifold.
3. Follow the instructions for removing the Hemolyzer Assembly, page
6-98.
NOTE: The pinch valve does not need to be removed.
4. Remove the tubing and tubing clamp from the inlet mini-luer side of
the hemolyzer assembly. The hemolyzer guard protective disk should
remain on the hemolyzer tube.
5. Discard the tubing, clamps, tubing reducers and peristaltic pump head
in the appropriate contaminated waste receptacle.

CAUTION: Be careful to avoid puncturing the tubing while attaching the tubing or clamps.

Installing a Follow these steps to install the components of the hemolyzer tubing kit.
hemolyzer
tubing kit
1. Follow the instructions for installing the Hemolyzer Assembly, page
6-98 using the tubing pieces from the hemolyzer tubing kit. Note that
some steps in this procedure will not be required.
2. Attach the new tubing, 6” to the manifold assembly left luer in the
analyzer housing sensor cavity.
3. Follow the steps for installing the Peristaltic Pump Motor Assembly,
page 6-94. Note that the tubing reducers are attached to the peristaltic
pump head.

200908 6-93
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Peristaltic pump motor assembly

Removing the Follow these instructions to remove the peristaltic pump motor assembly and the
assembly peristaltic pump head in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.
2. Disconnect the tubing from the hemolyzer to the peristaltic pump
motor assembly. Remove the drip shield and set the shield aside.
3. Disconnect the pump motor cable from the CO-OX control board as
shown in Figure 6-88.

Figure 6-88
4. Remove the two screws and lock washers securing the peristaltic
pump motor assembly.
5. Lift the peristaltic pump motor assembly and peristaltic pump head
from the front cover, sliding the cable out from behind the control
board bracket.
6. Remove the peristaltic pump head from the motor assembly by
squeezing the clips on either side of the peristaltic pump head and
sliding the pump head off of the peristaltic pump motor assembly
shaft.

Continued on next page

6-94 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Peristaltic pump motor assembly, Continued

Installing the Follow these instructions to install the peristaltic pump motor assembly and the
assembly peristaltic pump head.

Step Action
1. Slide the peristaltic pump head onto the peristaltic pump motor
assembly shaft. Orient the tubing as shown in Figure 6-89.

Figure 6-89
2. Slide the pump motor cable under the control board bracket and past
the USB cable.
3. Place the peristaltic pump motor assembly and pump head into the
front cover with the pump motor facing the side of the cover.
4. • Secure the peristaltic pump motor assembly with two screws and
lock washers in the outer holes.
• Wrap the motor cable around the front cover standoff and connect it
to the CO-OX control board.
• Place the excess cable under the barcode lens to prevent the cable
from interfering with the barcode scanner.
5. Replace the drip shield and connect the tubing from the hemolyzer to
the upper peristaltic pump motor assembly tubing reducer.
6. Follow the instructions for attaching the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.

200908 6-95
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Liquid sensor assembly

Replacing the Follow these instructions for replacing the liquid sensor assembly in the ABL80
liquid sensor FLEX CO-OX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.
2. • Disconnect the tubing from the hemolyzer to the peristaltic pump
motor assembly.
• Remove the drip shield and set the shield aside.
3. • Disconnect the hemolyzer cable from the hemolyzer assembly as
shown in Figure 6-90
• Disconnect the peristaltic pump motor cable from the CO-OX
control board as shown in Figure 6-90.

Figure 6-90
4. Using a pair of pliers with a smooth inner surface (without teeth),
remove the tubing clamp and tubing from the hemolyzer as shown in
Figure 6-90.
5. • Disconnect the liquid sensor from the hemolyzer assembly board at
the Ziff connector as shown in Figure 6-90.
• Slide the liquid sensor off of the hemolyzer luer.
6. Slide the new liquid sensor onto the hemolyzer assembly luer with the
cable facing left and the small tab at the sensor end of the cable facing
the top of the front cover unit.

Continued on next page

6-96 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Liquid sensor assembly, Continued

Replacing the
Step Action
liquid sensor
(continued) 7. • Slide the sensor cable through the slot in the hemolyzer board
• Slide the end of the cable into the Ziff connector on the hemolyzer
board.
• Close the Ziff connector securely.
8. If necessary, Use a pair of pliers with a smooth inner surface (without
teeth) to perform steps 8 and 9.
Gently slide the piece of tubing onto the luer of the hemolyzer
assembly, ensure the tubing is fully seated onto the luer.
9. • Slide a new tubing clamp onto the piece of tubing, extensions end
first.
• Slide the tubing clamp onto the luer until it is fully seated.
10. Re-attach the peristaltic pump motor and hemolyzer cables.
11. • Slide the drip shield over the tubing of the peristaltic pump motor
• Connect the hemolyzer tubing to the peristaltic pump tubing.
12. Follow the instructions for attaching the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.

200908 6-97
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Hemolyzer assembly

Removing the Follow these instructions to remove the hemolyzer assembly in the ABL80 FLEX
hemolyzer CO-OX analyzer.
assembly

Step Action
1. Remove the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX, page 6-77.
2. • Disconnect the tubing from the hemolyzer to the peristaltic pump
motor assembly.
• Remove the drip shield and set the shield aside.
3. Remove the Control Boards Bracket, page 6-112.
4. Unscrew the hemolyzer optical cable from the spectrometer. Do not
bend or kink the cable.
5. Using a pair of pliers with a smooth inner surface (without teeth),
disconnect the tubing and tubing clamp from the inlet mini-luer as
shown in Figure 6-91.

Figure 6-91
6. Remove the two screws, lock washers and washers from the
hemolyzer bracket.
NOTE: Components within the hemolyzer assembly are now
accessible. To service any of these components, refer to the individual
component instructions in this manual.

Continued on next page

6-98 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Hemolyzer assembly, Continued

Removing the
Step Action
hemolyzer
assembly 7. Reference Figure 6-92 for this and the following two steps.
(continued)

Figure 6-92
8. Disconnect the pinch valve cable from the hemolyzer assembly board.
9. Remove the two screws that secure the hemolyzer assembly board to
the hemolyzer bracket.
10. Remove the tubing on the liquid sensor side of the hemolyzer
assembly.

Continued on next page

200908 6-99
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Hemolyzer assembly, Continued

Removing the
Step Action
hemolyzer
assembly 11. On the bottom of the hemolyzer assembly board, disconnect the liquid
(continued) sensor cable by sliding the black Ziff connector latch open as shown
in Figure 6-93.

Figure 6-93
12. Remove the liquid sensor by sliding the sensor ring off of the
hemolyzer assembly port.

Continued on next page

6-100 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Hemolyzer assembly, Continued

Installing the Follow these steps to install the hemolyzer assembly.


hemolyzer
assembly Step Action
1. Slide the liquid sensor onto the hemolyzer port as shown in Figure 6-
94.

Figure 6-94
2. • Slide the liquid sensor cable through the slot in the hemolyzer board
and secure the cable in the Ziff connector on the back of the
hemolyzer assembly board.
• Slide the black Ziff connector closed to secure the connection.

Continued on next page

200908 6-101
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Hemolyzer assembly, Continued

Installing the
Step Action
hemolyzer
assembly 3. • Slide one of the large tubing clamps and the small tubing clamp
(continued) onto the shorter piece of tubing in the hemolyzer tubing kit as
shown in Figure 6-95.
• Slide the other large tubing clamp onto the longer piece of tubing in
the hemolyzer tubing kit as shown in Figure 6-96.

Figure 6-96

6-102 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

4. • Attach the end of the long piece of tubing (the end with a single
clamp) to the right side of the hemolyzer assembly port as shown in
Figure 6-97 and secure the clamp.
• Attach the end of the short piece of tubing (the end with the small
clamp) onto the left side of the hemolyzer assembly. Be careful that
the hemolyzer post does not pierce the tubing and that the post is
not bent or damaged during installation of the tubing.
• Secure the small tubing clamp to the hemolyzer luer.

Figure 6-97

Continued on next page

200908 6-103
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Hemolyzer assembly, Continued

Installing the
Step Action
hemolyzer
assembly 5. • Attach the hemolyzer assembly board to the hemolyzer bracket with
(continued) two screws. Verify that the fiber optic cable sits in the channel on
the hemolyzer bracket.
• Connect the pinch valve cable to the hemolyzer assembly board as
shown in Figure 6-98.

Figure 6-98
6. Slip the hemolyzer tubing through the pinch valve as shown in Figure
6-99.

Figure 6-99

Continued on next page

6-104 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Hemolyzer assembly, Continued

Installing the
Step Action
hemolyzer
assembly 7. Attach the hemolyzer bracket to the front cover unit with two screws,
(continued) lock washers and washers.
8. • Using a pair of pliers with a smooth inner surface (without teeth),
VERY CAREFULLY slide the tubing straight onto the inlet mini-
luer and continue until completely seated onto the luer.
• CAUTION: The mini-luer can easily pierce the tubing during
installation of the tubing. Great care should be taken during this
step.
• Slide the tubing clamp down as shown in Figure 6-100. Ensure
that both the tubing and the tubing clamp are fully seated to the
bottom of the mini-luer.
• Verify that the tubing is routed through the pinch valve.

Figure 6-100
9. Forming a loose loop, connect the hemolyzer optical cable to the
spectrometer (Do not bend or kink the cable) and screw the
connector finger-tight.
10. Follow the instructions for installing the Control Boards Bracket, page
6-74
11. • Replace the drip shield over the peristaltic pump motor assembly
tubing
• Reconnect the tubing to the hemolyzer assembly tubing at the
tubing reducer.
12. Replace the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX, page 6-77.

200908 6-105
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

13. Follow the tHb calibration procedure as described in Chapter 4 – Test


and Calibration. This calibration must be performed whenever the
hemolyzer optical cable is disconnected from the spectrometer.

6-106 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Pinch valve and pinch valve bracket

Pinch valve and Follow these instructions to replace the pinch valve or pinch valve bracket in the
bracket ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Remove the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX, page 6-77.
2. • Disconnect the tubing from the hemolyzer to the peristaltic pump
motor assembly.
• Remove the drip shield and set the shield aside.
3. Remove the Control Boards Bracket, page 6-112.
4. Unscrew the hemolyzer optical cable from the spectrometer. Do not
bend or kink the cable.
5. Using a pair of pliers with a smooth inner surface (without teeth),
disconnect the tubing and tubing clamp from the inlet mini-luer as
shown in Figure 6-101.

Figure 6-101
6. Remove the two screws, lock washers and washers from the
hemolyzer bracket.
7. Disconnect the pinch valve cable from the hemolyzer assembly board.

Continued on next page

200908 6-107
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Pinch valve and pinch valve bracket, Continued

Pinch valve and


Step Action
bracket
(continued) 8. Remove the screw that secures the pinch valve bracket as shown in
Figure 6-102.

Figure 6-102
9. Rotate the pinch valve within the bracket away from the hemolyzer
assembly to release the valve from the hemolyzer bracket.
10. Slide the pinch valve out of the pinch valve bracket.

Continued on next page

6-108 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Pinch valve and pinch valve bracket, Continued

Removing the Follow these instructions for replacing the pinch valve bracket.
pinch valve
bracket Step Action
1. • Loosen the screw near the liquid sensor.
• Remove the screw near the pinch valve bracket and rotate the
hemolyzer assembly aside as shown in Figure 6-103. The
hemolyzer assembly must be moved to replace the pinch valve
bracket.

Figure 6-103
2. • Lift the pinch valve bracket slightly and slide the bracket toward the
hemolyzer assembly.
• Twist the pinch valve bracket 90° and lift the bracket free of the
hemolyzer bracket as shown in Figure 6-103.
3. • Insert the new pinch valve bracket as shown in Figure 6-103.
• Twist the bracket to align the bracket with the screw hole in the
hemolyzer bracket.
4. Secure the hemolyzer assembly with two screws.

Continued on next page

200908 6-109
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Pinch valve and pinch valve bracket, Continued


Installing the Follow these instructions to install the pinch valve bracket.
pinch valve
bracket Step Action
1. Slide the pinch valve, cable end first, through the pinch valve bracket.
2. The pinching mechanism of the valve should be facing upwards and
the valve boss should fit into the circular opening on the bracket as
shown in Figure 6-104. Twist the pinch valve into the circular opening
as far as it will travel.

Figure 6-104
3. Secure the pinch valve bracket with one screw.
4. Connect the pinch valve cable to the hemolyzer assembly board.
5. Follow the instructions for Installing the Hemolyzer Assembly, page
6-101.

6-110 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Hemolyzer bracket

Introduction Follow these instructions for replacing the hemolyzer bracket in the ABL80 FLEX
CO-OX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Hemolyzer Assembly, page
6-98.
2. Follow the instructions for removing the Pinch Valve and Pinch Valve
Bracket, page 6-107.
3. Replace the hemolyzer bracket with the new bracket.
4. Follow the instructions for installing the Pinch Valve and Pinch Valve
Bracket, page 6-107.
5. Follow the instructions for installing the Hemolyzer Assembly, page
6-98.

200908 6-111
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Control boards bracket

Removing the Follow these instructions to remove the control boards bracket from the front cover
control boards unit in the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer.
bracket
Step Action
1. Remove the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX, page 6-77.
2. Unplug these cables from the CO-OX control board:
• peristaltic pump motor assembly cable
• cooling fan cable
• opto sensor board cable
3. Remove the hemolyzer cable.
4. Unplug the spectrometer cable from the spectrometer.
5. Remove the four screws and lock washers securing the control boards
bracket to the front cover.
6. Pull the control boards bracket straight up to disconnect it from the
sensor connector board.

Continued on next page

6-112 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Control boards bracket, Continued

Installing the Follow these instructions to install the control boards bracket into the front cover
control boards unit.
bracket
Step Action
1. Ensure that both control boards are attached to the bracket and the
CO-OX power cable is connected as shown in Figure 6-105.

Figure 6-105
2. Secure the CO-OX power cable under the cable clamp on the side of
the control board bracket as shown in Figure 6-106.

Figure 6-106

200908 6-113
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

3. Ensure that the opto sensor cable and the peristaltic pump motor cable
are located against the front cover as shown in Figure 6-107.

Figure 6-107

Continued on next page

6-114 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Control boards bracket, Continued

Installing the
Step Action
control boards
bracket 4. Slide the control boards bracket into the front cover until the analog
(continued) board connects to the sensor connector board and the screw holes of
the bracket align with the front cover unit.
5. Attach the bracket with four screws and four lock washers.
6. Use Figure 6-108 as a reference for the following three steps.

Figure 6-108
7. Connect the following cables to the CO-OX control board:
• peristaltic pump motor assembly cable
• opto sensor board cable
• cooling fan cable
8. Attach the hemolyzer cable to the hemolyzer and the CO-OX control
board.
9. Attach the spectrometer cable to the spectrometer and the CO-OX
control board.
10. Follow the instructions for attaching the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.

200908 6-115
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

CO-OX control board

Replacing the Follow these instructions for replacing the CO-OX control board in the ABL80
CO-OX control FLEX CO-OX analyzer.
board
Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Control Boards Bracket,
page 6-112.
2. Unplug the spectrometer cable from the CO-OX control board.
3. Unplug the CO-OX USB cable from the CO-OX control board.
4. Remove the four screws securing the CO-OX control board to the
control boards bracket as shown in Figure 6-109 and lift the control
board away from the bracket.

Figure 6-109
5. Place the new CO-OX control board on the bracket as shown in Figure
6-109.
6. Secure the board with four screws as shown in Figure 6-109.
NOTE: There is no screw in the upper right corner [X] of the board.
A screw in this position would interfere with the front cover standoff.
7. Follow the instructions for installing the Control Boards Bracket, page
6-112.

6-116 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Analog board

Introduction Follow these instructions for replacing the analog board in the ABL80 FLEX CO-
OX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Control Boards Bracket,
page 6-112.
2. Remove the single screw securing the analog board to the control
boards bracket as shown in Figure 6-110 and slide the analog board
out of the bracket.

Figure 6-110
3. Slide the new analog board into the bracket ensuring that the opening
in the board aligns with the opening in the bracket as shown in Figure
6-110.
4. Secure the board with one screw as shown in Figure 6-110.
5. Follow the instructions for installing the Control Boards Bracket, page
6-112.
6. Whenever the analog board is replaced, the sensor channels must be
zeroed. Follow the Zero Check procedure in Chapter 4 – Test and
Calibration Procedures.

200908 6-117
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Opto sensor board

Replacing the Follow these instructions to replace the opto sensor board in the ABL80 FLEX
opto sensor CO-OX analyzer.
board
Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.
2. Slide the Ziff connector open to release the opto sensor cable from the
board.
3. Remove the two screws securing the opto sensor board as shown in
Figure 6-111 and remove the opto sensor board.

Figure 6-111
4. • Open the Ziff connector on the new opto sensor board and place the
board into the area as shown in Figure 6-111.
• Secure the board with two screws.
5. Carefully slide the opto sensor cable into the Ziff connector and close
the connector.
NOTE: Be certain to keep the cable straight when closing the
connector. If the cable is angled it will not make a proper connection.
6. Follow the instructions for attaching the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.
7. Test the opto sensor when the analyzer is re-assembled using the inlet
status on the Diagnostics screen.

6-118 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Opto sensor board cable

Replacing the Follow these instructions for replacing the opto sensor board cable in the ABL80
opto sensor FLEX CO-OX analyzer.
board cable
Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.
2. Slide the Ziff connector open to release the opto sensor cable from the
opto sensor board as shown in Figure 6-112.

Figure 6-112
3. Slide the cable free of the opto sensor board.

Continued on next page

200908 6-119
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Opto sensor board cable, Continued

Replacing the
Step Action
opto sensor
board cable 4. • From the top of the front cover unit, slide the Ziff connector open to
(continued) release the opto sensor cable from the CO-OX control board as
shown in Figure 6-113.
• Remove the cable.

Figure 6-113
5. Connect the new opto sensor cable to the CO-OX control board as
shown in Figure 6-113 with the blue side facing the board and the
silver side facing up.
NOTE: Be certain to keep the cable straight while closing the Ziff
connector latch securely.
6. Feed the cable under the standoff and down behind the control boards.
7. Insert the end of the cable into the connector on the opto sensor board
with the blue side facing the board and the silver side facing up.

Continued on next page

6-120 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Opto sensor board cable, Continued

Replacing the
Step Action
opto sensor
board cable 8. Be certain to keep the cable straight while securely closing the Ziff
(continued) connector latch, as shown in Figure 6-114.

Figure 6-114
9. Follow the instructions for attaching the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.

200908 6-121
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Sensor connector board

Replace the Follow these instructions to replace the sensor connector board in the ABL80
sensor connector FLEX CO-OX analyzer.
board
Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Hemolyzer Assembly, page
6-98.
2. Remove the two screws and washers securing the sensor connector
board to the front cover, as shown in Figure 6-115.

Figure 6-115
3. Install the new sensor connector board into the front cover and tightly
secure the board with two screws and washers.
4. Follow the instructions for Installing the Hemolyzer Assembly, page
6-101.
5. Whenever the sensor connector board is replaced, the sensor channels
must be zeroed. Follow the Zero Check procedure in Chapter 4 – Test
and Calibration Procedures.

6-122 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Spectrometer cable

Replacing the Follow these instructions for replacing the spectrometer cable in the ABL80 FLEX
Spectrometer CO-OX analyzer.
cable
NOTE: Be careful during removal and installation that the cable connectors are
not twisted at an angle as this may cause damage to the connector pins.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Control Boards Bracket,
page 6-112.
2. Unplug the spectrometer cable from the CO-OX control board, as
shown in Figure 6-116.

Figure 6-116
3. The new spectrometer cable is pre-folded to fit the analyzer. Connect
the folded end of the cable to the CO-OX control board as shown in
Figure 6-116.
4. Follow the instructions for installing the Control Boards Bracket, page
6-112.

200908 6-123
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Hemolyzer cable

Replacing the Follow these instructions for replacing the hemolyzer cable in the ABL80 FLEX
hemolyzer cable CO-OX analyzer,
NOTE: Be careful during removal and installation that the cable connectors are
not twisted at an angle as this may cause damage to the connector pins.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.
2. Disconnect the hemolyzer cable from the hemolyzer board as shown
in Figure 6-117.

Figure 6-117
3. Disconnect the cable from the CO-OX control board as shown in
Figure 6-118.

Figure 6-118

Continued on next page

6-124 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Hemolyzer cable, Continued

Replacing the
Step Action
hemolyzer cable
(continued) 4. The new hemolyzer cable is pre-folded to fit the analyzer. Connect the
multi-folded end of the new cable to the CO-OX control board as
shown in Figure 6-118.
5. Connect the other end of the hemolyzer cable to the hemolyzer
assembly as shown in Figure 6-119.

Figure 6-119
6. Follow the instructions for attaching the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.
7. Follow the tHb calibration procedure as described in Chapter 4 – Test
and Calibration. This calibration must be performed whenever the
hemolyzer optical cable is disconnected from the spectrometer.

200908 6-125
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

Analog board cable

Replacing the Follow these instructions for replacing the analog board cable in the ABL80 FLEX
analog board CO-OX analyzer.
cable
NOTE: Be careful during removal and installation that the cable connectors are
not twisted at an angle as this may cause damage to the connector pins.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.
2. Disconnect the analog board cable from the spine board at the back of
the analyzer housing as shown in Figure 6-120 by pinching the sides
of the connector.

Figure 6-120
3. Examine the new analog board cable. The bend in the cable stiffener
will be closer to one end of the cable. Connect this end to the spine
board at the back of the analyzer housing as shown if Figure 6-120.
4. Follow the instructions for attaching the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.

6-126 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

CO-OX power cable

Replacing the Follow these instructions for replacing the CO-OX power cable in the ABL80
CO-OX power FLEX CO-OX analyzer.
cable
Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.
2. Follow the instructions for removing the Control Boards Bracket,
page 6-112.
3. Disconnect the CO-OX power cable from the CO-OX control board as
shown in Figure 6-121.

Figure 6-121

Continued on next page

200908 6-127
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

CO-OX power cable, Continued

Replacing the
Step Action
CO-OX power
cable 4. Connect the 5-pin connector of the new CO-OX power cable (with the
(continued) locking mechanism facing up) to the spine board at the back of the
analyzer housing as shown in Figure 6-122.

Figure 6-122
5. Follow the instructions for attaching the Control Boards Bracket, page
6-112.
6. Follow the instructions for attaching the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.

6-128 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 6. Sub-assembly replacement

Barcode lens, CO-OX

Replacing the Follow these instructions for replacing the barcode lens in the ABL80 FLEX CO-
barcode lens OX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Follow the instructions for removing the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.
2. Lift the barcode lens off of the pin and slide the lens down until it
clears the front cover.
3. Clean the new barcode lens before installing it into the front cover
unit.
4. Snap the new barcode lens into place on the front cover unit by sliding
it underneath the two tabs on the side and onto the boss as shown in
Figure 6-123.

Figure 6-123
5. Follow the instructions for attaching the Front Cover Unit, CO-OX,
page 6-77.

200908 6-129
6. Sub-assembly replacement ABL80 FLEX service manual

6-130 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance

7. Preventative maintenance

Overview

Introduction This chapter gives an introduction to the maintenance of the analyzer together with
important information concerning procedures and requirements.

WARNING/ WARNING: Follow legal requirements and local rules for safe work practices with
CAUTION: chemicals.
WARNING: Working with blood chemistry analyzers may result in contact with
harsh disinfectants. During the various procedures wear suitable protection gear
(gloves, face protection, and protective body clothing), following legal
requirements and local rules for safe work practices.
WARNING: Gloves must be free of pinholes and preferably be puncture resistant.
Please consult the local glove manufacturer for further information.
WARNING: If contaminated material comes into contact with any skin lesion or
mucous membranes, seek medical advice.

Equipment • Protective attire (gloves, safety glasses, and lab coat)


required
• Soft cloth, gauze or other absorbent material
• Cleaning Solution (REF: 943-906)
• Deionized water (or sterile water)
• 3 cc disposable syringe with luer adaptor for the ABL80 FLEX analyzer
(Fluidics Kit, FLEX, REF: 905-674)
• 3 cc disposable syringe with tubing for the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer
(Fluidics kit, CO-OX, REF: 905-889)

Contents This chapter contains the following topics.


Overview........................................................................................................................7-1
Valve maintenance.........................................................................................................7-3
Analyzer cleaning and disinfection................................................................................7-6
Disinfection of the waste path........................................................................................7-8
Long-term storage ........................................................................................................7-11
Recommended service procedures...................................................................... 7-13
Annual service, ABL80 FLEX analyzer ......................................................................7-13
Annual service, ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer.........................................................7-14

Continued on next page

200908 7-1
Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance ABL80 FLEX service manual

Overview, Continued

Security settings Access to the analyzer service screens requires logging onto the analyzer with the
service password SENDX.782.
• If the analyzer access control options on the Security setup screen are set to
None, then the system will not provide an option to enter a password and log
onto the analyzer. To enable the logon feature and enter a password, follow the
steps below.

Step Action
1. • Select Menu > Settings > Security > Logon tab
• Set the Access Control Options to Password only.
2. • Follow the service procedures as stated in this manual.
• When service is complete, return the Access Control Options to
the user’s original setting.

• If the analyzer access control options are set to Password and Username, enter
the username of SERVICE as required.

7-2 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance

Valve maintenance

Introduction This procedure contains instructions for maintaining proper valve performance in
the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

NOTE: NOTE: This procedure flushes the internal valves with deionized water. This
periodic procedure is meant to prevent a build-up of salt crystals within the valves.
NOTE: This procedure is limited to preventive maintenance for the valves.
General maintenance for the waste drain and troubleshooting of valves is
described in Chapter 8 - Troubleshooting.
NOTE: The Long-term Storage procedure, further in this chapter, is also meant to
prevent salt crystal build-up within the valves and should be performed any time
an analyzer will be turned off for prolonged periods. Long-term Storage must
always be performed prior to shipping an analyzer.

Valve Follow these steps to maintain valve performance.


maintenance

Step Action
1. Remove any cassette or solution pack present on the analyzer.
2. Place gauze or other absorbent material beneath the solution pack
luers inside the solution pack cavity, extending several inches outside
the cavity.
3. Log on to the analyzer using the service password SENDX.782.
4. Select Menu > Utilities > Diagnostics.
5. Using a 3cc syringe with adapter (available in the 905-674 Fluidics
kit), fill the syringe with de-ionized water (DI water) and connect the
syringe to the sensor luer at the front of the ABL80 FLEX analyzer in
the cassette nest area.

Continued on next page

200908 7-3
Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance ABL80 FLEX service manual

Valve maintenance, Continued

Valve
Step Action
maintenance
(continued) 6. • Press the Valve 1 check box to activate this valve.
• Inject 3cc of DI water into the cassette luer. The fluid should exit
the second luer up from the bottom of the fluidics manifold in the
solution pack cavity.
• Press the Valve 1 check box again to deactivate this valve.

7. • Press the Valve 2 check box to activate this valve.


• Inject 3cc of DI water into the cassette luer. The fluid should exit
the middle luer of the fluidics manifold in the solution pack cavity.
• Press the Valve 2 check box again to deactivate this valve.
8. • Press the Valve 3 check box to activate this valve.
• Inject 3cc of DI water into the cassette luer. The fluid should exit
the second luer down from the top of the fluidics manifold in the
solution pack cavity.
• Press the Valve 3 check box again to deactivate this valve.
9. • Press the Valve 4 check box to activate this valve.
• Inject 3cc of DI water into the cassette luer. The fluid should exit
the top luer of the fluidics manifold in the solution pack cavity.
• Press the Valve 4 check box again to deactivate this valve.

Continued on next page

7-4 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance

Valve maintenance, Continued

Valve
Step Action
maintenance
(continued) 10. • Press the Valve 5 check box to activate this valve
• Press the Waste Pump button
• Inject 3cc of DI water into the cassette luer. The fluid should exit
the waste manifold luer (bottom luer) in the solution pack cavity.
• The Valve 5 check box will automatically be unchecked once the
waste pump stops turning.
11. Remove the syringe and absorbent material. Clean and dry the
solution pack cavity.
12. • Re-insert the solution pack
• Manually press Pump S1, Pump S2, Pump S3 and Pump S4 on the
Diagnostics screen to prime the analyzer’s internal tubing
• Return to the main menu and initiate a manual System Cycle to
verify proper function of the analyzer.

200908 7-5
Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance ABL80 FLEX service manual

Analyzer cleaning and disinfection

Introduction Periodic cleaning and disinfection of the touch screen, inlet probe, waste drain and
the analyzer casing is recommended. Performing preventative maintenance during
solution pack and sensor cassette replacement is also recommended.

Disinfection Disinfection of outer surfaces is performed when appropriate. Disinfection


frequency depends on local requirements and the use of the instrument. Prior to
disinfection ensure that the analyzer surfaces are clean and without residue from
blood and/or liquids.
WARNING: Follow legal requirements and local rules for safe work practices
with chemicals.

WARNING: Always remember to exercise Universal Precautions when handling contaminants


and biohazardous materials (OSHA standard 1910.1030)

Cleaning the • ABL80 FLEX analyzer only: After each analysis, wipe the outside of the inlet
inlet probe probe with a tissue or gauze.
• ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer only: The outer surface of the CO-OX inlet
probe is wiped automatically each time the inlet probe is lowered.
NOTE: In all analyzer versions, the internal pathway of the inlet probe is flushed
automatically after each analysis.

Cleaning the The analyzer casing can be cleaned, as needed, with a damp cloth.
analyzer casing
WARNING: Always shut down the analyzer and disconnect from AC power when
cleaning and disinfecting the analyzer.

Disinfecting the The analyzer casing can be disinfected periodically using a dilute bleach solution
analyzer casing (a 1:9 ratio of sodium hypochlorite to deionized water) or other disinfecting agents
such as 70 % isopropyl alcohol, 70 % ethanol or 4 % Diversol BX solution. These
disinfecting agents may also be used in the analyzer areas noted below under
Cleaning during solution pack installation and Cleaning during sensor cassette
installation.

Cleaning the Use a clean, damp, non-abrasive cloth to clean the touch screen. Never allow
touch screen moisture to settle at the bottom of the screen. Any commercially available window
cleaner may also be used. All liquids should be first applied to a cloth. Never apply
liquids directly to the screen.
Long-term contact with abrasive materials will scratch the front surface, degrading
the image quality.
NOTE: Do not use bleach (sodium hypochlorite) products on the touch screen.

Disinfecting the An alcohol-based cleaner (e.g. 70 % isopropyl alcohol), followed by a water-


touch screen dampened cloth can be used periodically to disinfect the screen.

Continued on next page

7-6 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance

Analyzer cleaning and disinfection, Continued

Cleaning during During the installation of a new solution pack, clean and dry the manifold in the
solution pack analyzer’s solution pack cavity. The luers can be cleaned with a damp, lint-free
installation cloth.

Cleaning during During the installation of a new sensor cassette, clean and dry the cassette nest,
sensor cassette luers and waste drain area on the analyzer to remove any residue. These areas can
installation be cleaned with a lint-free cloth dampened with water.

Printer Follow these steps to clean the printer head mechanism.


mechanism
Step Action
1. From the back of the analyzer, open the printer unit cover.
2. Clean the copper-colored heating element using ethyl alcohol or
isopropyl alcohol and a cotton swab (see Figure 7-1).
3. Allow the alcohol to dry then close the printer unit.

Figure 7-1

200908 7-7
Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance ABL80 FLEX service manual

Disinfection of the waste path

Disinfection of Blood and protein residue can build up in the analyzer’s waste drain and tubing
the waste path over time. Periodic cleaning of this pathway is recommended to prevent significant
build-up of residue.
Blood and other biohazardous substances only come in contact with limited areas
of the analyzer system during normal use. These areas include the sensor cassette,
waste drain/waste luer, waste tubing, waste pump, waste manifold and the solution
pack. The sensor cassette and solution pack can be discarded in appropriate
contaminated waste receptacles.
The following fluidic procedure can be used both as a preventive measure and can
act as a decontamination procedure for the analyzer.
NOTE: Never wipe the sensor cassette pins or analyzer pin connection port with a
damp cloth.

WARNING/ WARNING: Never use an analyzer that has a blocked waste drain. Using an
CAUTION: analyzer with a blocked waste drain may result in contact with biohazardous fluids.
WARNING: Always remember to exercise Universal Precautions when handling
contaminants and biohazardous materials (OSHA standard 1910.1030).
WARNING: Be prepared to collect waste fluids flowing from open luers.

Continued on next page

7-8 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance

Disinfection of the waste path, Continued

ABL80 FLEX Follow these steps to clean and decontaminate the waste drain in the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer.

Step Action
1. Log on to the analyzer using the service password SENDX.782.
2. Select Menu > Utilities > Diagnostics.
3. Remove any sensor cassette present on the analyzer.
4. Ensure there is either a solution pack installed or adequate absorbent
material in the solution pack cavity, below the manifold luers.
5. Introduce 2 cc of Cleaning Solution (REF 943-906) into the waste
drain.
6. Allow the solution to soak for approximately 1 minute.
7. Press Waste Pump from the Diagnostics screen to activate the waste
pump and pull the cleaning solution through the waste lines.
8. Repeat steps 5 – 7 if desired.
9. Introduce 2 cc of deionized water into the waste drain.
10. Press Waste Pump from the Diagnostics screen to activate the waste
pump and pull the deionized water through the waste lines.
11. Clean and dry the solution pack cavity, if necessary.
12. Press Close to exit the Diagnostics screen and return to the main
menu.
NOTE: Never introduce any large cleaning implement down the waste drain. This
may compact blood and protein deposits, producing obstructions.

Continued on next page

200908 7-9
Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance ABL80 FLEX service manual

Disinfection of the waste path, Continued

ABL80 FLEX Follow these steps to clean and decontaminate the waste drain in the ABL80 FLEX
CO-OX CO-OX analyzer.

Step Action
1. Log on to the analyzer using the service password SENDX.782.
2. Select Menu > Utilities > Diagnostics.
3. Remove any sensor cassette present on the analyzer.
4. Ensure there is either a solution pack installed or adequate absorbent
material in the solution pack cavity, below the manifold luers.
5. Remove a 3 cc syringe with tubing from the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX
fluidics kit (REF: 905-889).
6. Fill the syringe with 3 cc of Cleaning Solution (REF 943-906).
7. Attach the tubing of the syringe to the lower-left waste luer in the
sensor cassette nest.
8. Press Waste Pump from the Diagnostics screen to activate the waste
pump and pull the solution through the waste lines. The analyzer will
draw approximately 2.5 cc of solution.
9. Repeat steps 6 – 8.
10. Fill the syringe with 3 cc of deionized water.
11. Attach the tubing of the syringe to the lower-left waste luer in the
sensor cassette nest.
12. Press Waste Pump from the Diagnostics screen to activate the waste
pump and pull the deionized water through the waste lines.
13. Repeat steps 10 – 12.
14. Remove the syringe and press Waste Pump from the Diagnostics
screen to activate the waste pump and pull air through the waste lines.
15. Repeat step 14.
16. Clean and dry the solution pack cavity, if necessary.
17. Press Close to exit the Diagnostics screen and return to the main
menu.

7-10 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance

Long-term storage

Introduction This topic describes the necessary steps to flush an ABL80 FLEX analyzer before
any period (>24 hours) of long-term storage.

WARNING/ CAUTION: Pushing the syringe plunger too hard can damage internal tubing
CAUTION: connections and cause leaks.
CAUTION: Be prepared to collect waste fluids flowing from open luers.

NOTE: Salt crystals may form periodically in the analyzer fluid path if the analyzer is
turned off for extended periods of time. This tendency is accelerated if an SP80 and
SC80 are not left on the analyzer. These crystals can form obstructions in the fluid
path.

Long-term The following steps should be performed to prepare an ABL80 FLEX analyzer for
storage long-term storage.

Step Action
1. Log on to the analyzer using the service password SENDX.782.
2. Select Menu > Utilities > Diagnostics.
3. Remove any sensor cassette present on the analyzer.
4. Ensure there is either a solution pack in the solution pack cavity or
adequate absorbent material in the solution pack cavity, below the
manifold luers.
5. Introduce 2 cc of Cleaning Solution (REF 943-906) into the waste
drain.
6. Allow the solution to soak for approximately 1 minute.
7. Press Waste Pump from the Diagnostics screen to activate the waste
pump and pull the cleaning solution through the waste lines.
8. Introduce 2 cc of de-ionized water into the waste drain.
9. Press Waste Pump from the Diagnostics screen to activate the waste
pump and pull the de-ionized water through the waste lines.
10. Using a 3cc syringe with adapter (available in the 905-674 Fluidics
kit), fill the syringe with de-ionized water (DI water) and connect the
syringe to the sensor luer in the cassette nest area at the front of the
analyzer.

Continued on next page

200908 7-11
Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance ABL80 FLEX service manual

Long-term storage, Continued

Long-term
Step Action
storage
(continued) 11. Remove the solution pack, if present.
IMPORTANT: Failure to remove the solution pack will contaminate
the solutions and may result in calibration failures and/or
inaccurate measurement results.
12. • Press the Valve 1 check box to activate this valve
• Inject 3cc of DI water into the cassette luer. The fluid should exit
the second luer up from the bottom of the fluidics manifold in the
solution pack cavity.
• Press the Valve 1 check box again to deactivate this valve
13. • Press the Valve 2 check box to activate this valve
• Inject 3cc of DI water into the cassette luer. The fluid should exit
the middle luer of the fluidics manifold in the solution pack cavity.
• Press the Valve 2 check box again to deactivate this valve
14. • Press the Valve 3 check box to activate this valve
• Inject 3cc of DI water into the cassette luer. The fluid should exit
the second luer down from the top of the fluidics manifold in the
solution pack cavity.
• Press the Valve 3 check box again to deactivate this valve
15. • Press the Valve 4 check box to activate this valve
• Inject 3cc of DI water into the cassette luer. The fluid should exit
the top luer of the fluidics manifold in the solution pack cavity.
• Press the Valve 4 check box again to deactivate this valve
16. • Press the Valve 5 check box to activate this valve
• Press the Waste Pump button
• Inject 3cc of DI water into the cassette luer. The fluid should exit
the waste manifold luer (bottom luer) in the solution pack cavity
• The Valve 5 check box will automatically be unchecked once the
waste pump stops turning
17. Press the Waste Pump button a second time.
18. Repeat steps 12-17 a second time, injecting air instead of water.
19. Clean and dry all ports and luers on the analyzer with a soft cloth.
20. Shut down the analyzer by selecting Menu > Shutdown.

7-12 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance

Recommended service procedures

Annual service, ABL80 FLEX analyzer

Introduction This operation may be conducted after each year of use to facilitate optimal
performance of the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Annual Refer to the list below for annual maintenance.


Replacement /
Fluidics system
Inspection
• Replace all internal tubing, the waste manifold and the waste pump head
annually with the ABL80 Annual Maintenance Kit (REF: 905-896)
• Inspect the Waste Drain (REF: 902-999) for excessive build up of blood
proteins or other deposits. If a build up of deposits is noted, clean and disinfect
the waste drain. Replace the waste drain as necessary.
• Inspect the Waste Pump (REF: 902-974, includes the waste pump head) to
ensure it is free moving and without excessive noise. Replace the waste pump
as necessary.
Additional parts
• Sensor board (REF: 902-972)
Ensure that the sensor pin receptacle is not damaged. The pin receptacles
should be clean and free from debris. Worn receptacles can cause poor
sensor connections and result in temperature errors and other errors.
Replace the sensor board as necessary.
• Battery pack (REF: 431-020)
Ensure the battery pack is functioning properly according to the status
screen as listed in the Battery Screen section in Chapter 8 –
Troubleshooting. Replace the battery pack as necessary. The battery pack
is expected to function within specifications for at least 12 months.
• Cooling fans
- Cooling fan, computer unit (REF: 636-520)
- Cooling fan, EMI enclosure (REF: 580-414)
- Cooling fan, EMI Computer unit (REF: 580-415)
Ensure the fans are free of dust and debris. Verify that the fans run
continuously while the analyzer is on. Verify that the fans do not make
excessive noise. Replace fans as necessary.
• All cables, connections and fittings (see Chapter 3 - Parts for applicable part
numbers)
Ensure all cable connections are securely attached, and cables are free of
kinks.

200908 7-13
Chapter 7: Preventative maintenance ABL80 FLEX service manual

Annual service, ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer

Introduction This operation may be conducted after each year of use to facilitate optimal
performance of the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer.

Annual Refer to the list below for annual maintenance


Replacement /
Fluidics system
Inspection
• Replace all internal tubing, the waste manifold, the waste pump head and the
peristaltic pump head annually with the ABL80 Annual Maintenance Kit,
CO-OX (REF: 905-895)
• Inspect the Waste Pump (REF: 902-974, includes the waste pump head) and
the peristaltic pump motor (REF 848-038) to ensure they are free moving and
without excessive noise. Replace as necessary.
Additional parts
• Sensor board (REF: 903-109)
Ensure that the sensor pin receptacle is not damaged. The pin receptacles
should be clean and free from debris. Replace the sensor board as
necessary.
• Battery pack (REF: 431-020)
Ensure the battery pack is functioning properly according to the status
screen as listed in the Battery Screen section in Chapter 8 –
Troubleshooting. Replace the battery pack as necessary.
The battery pack is expected to function within specifications for at least
12 months.
• Cooling fans
- Cooling fan, EMI enclosure (REF: 580-414)
- Cooling fan, EMI Computer unit (REF: 580-415)
- Cooling fan, CO-OX (REF: 580-416)
Ensure that all fans are free of dust and debris. Verify that the fans run
continuously while the analyzer is on. Verify that the fans do not make
excessive noise. Replace fans as necessary.
• All cables, connections and fittings (see Chapter 3 - Parts for applicable part
numbers)
Ensure all cable connections are securely attached, and cables are free of
kinks.

7-14 200908
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

8. Troubleshooting

Overview

Introduction This chapter provides troubleshooting information, including error codes and
messages that may occur during the operation of all versions of the ABL80 FLEX
analyzer. Information that is unique to one analyzer version is clearly identified.

Continued on next page

200909 8-1
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Overview, Continued

Contents This chapter contains the following topics.


Cautions and warnings ................................................................................................... 8-4
Power supply .................................................................................................................. 8-5
Power control buttons .................................................................................................... 8-7
Service screens ........................................................................................................ 8-8
Reset.................................................................................................................. 8-9
Scan ................................................................................................................. 8-10
Battery ............................................................................................................. 8-11
Utilities............................................................................................................ 8-13
Logging ........................................................................................................... 8-17
Language ......................................................................................................... 8-18
Option keys ..................................................................................................... 8-19
RiliBÄK .......................................................................................................... 8-22
Connectivity component (CnC)........................................................................... 8-24
Battery management ............................................................................................ 8-27
Diagnostics ............................................................................................................ 8-30
Reference table of problems, causes and corrective actions ............................. 8-37
Reference table............................................................................................................. 8-38
System messages .......................................................................................................... 8-45
General error messages ................................................................................................ 8-48
CO-OX error codes ...................................................................................................... 8-68
Result messages ........................................................................................................... 8-75
Guidelines .................................................................................................................... 8-79
System cycle unsuccessful .................................................................................... 8-80
General information ..................................................................................................... 8-81
Single versus multiple parameters................................................................................ 8-82
Single parameter out of range ...................................................................................... 8-87
Multiple parameters out of range – sensor cassette ...................................................... 8-89
Possible sources of air contamination .......................................................................... 8-90
CO-oximeter troubleshooting....................................................................................... 8-94
Manual QC results out of range.......................................................................... 8-96

Continued on next page

8-2 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Overview, Continued

Security settings Access to the analyzer service screens requires logging onto the analyzer with the
service password SENDX.782.
 If the analyzer access control options on the Security setup screen are set to
None, the system will not provide an option to enter a password and log onto
the analyzer. To enable the logon feature and enter a password, follow the
steps below.

Step Action
1. a. Select Menu > Settings > Security > Logon tab
b. Set the Access Control Options to Password only.
2. a. Follow the service procedures as stated in this manual.
b. When service is complete, return the Access Control Options to
the user’s original setting.

 If the analyzer access control options are set to Password and Username, enter
the username of SERVICE as required.

200909 8-3
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Cautions and warnings

Introduction This topic emphasizes important safety issues. Please review before proceeding
with any troubleshooting steps.

WARNING: Always turn the power off and unplug the system when cleaning or performing
other maintenance on the analyzer.

WARNING/ WARNING: Always remember to exercise Universal Precautions when handling


CAUTION: contaminants and biohazardous materials (OSHA standard 1910.1030).
CAUTION: Do not inject solution or air into the solution pack ports. Injecting
solution or air into the solution pack will alter the parameter values and may cause
erroneous measurements and/or failure messages.
CAUTION: Do not manually withdraw solutions from the solution pack ports.
This action can contaminate the solutions, altering the parameter values and may
cause erroneous measurements and/or failure messages.

8-4 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Power supply

Introduction While the analyzer is connected to an AC power source, the power supply will
continue to charge the battery pack even when the analyzer has been shut down.
When the analyzer is fully shut down and disconnected from AC power, all LED’s
will be OFF.

LED indicators This section describes the power supply indicators as referenced in Figure 8-1.

Part Function
Top LED Power status
 Green = Connected to AC power – Analyzer is OFF
 Orange = Running on AC power – Analyzer is ON
 Red = Running on battery power – Analyzer is ON
Middle LED Internal power status
 Green = Internal power is operating properly
 Red = Internal power problem, replace the power supply
Bottom LED Charger status
 Slow Green Flash = Charging battery pack
 Fast Green Flash = Battery pack is in discharge state
 Green = Battery pack is fully charged
 Solid Red = The battery pack is not connected or there is a
power system temperature error
 Slow Red Flash= Battery charging circuit fault in the
power system or battery pack fault
 Off = Running on battery power – Analyzer is ON

Continued on next page

200909 8-5
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Power supply, Continued

LED indicators
(continued)

Power switch

Top LED

Middle LED

Bottom LED

Figure 8-1

8-6 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Power control buttons

Introduction The analyzer has two additional buttons to override the power control (see Figure
8-2).

Figure 8-2

Part Function
Reset button – will restart the analyzer regardless of the
current software state

On/Off button – will power down the analyzer by turning


off the power at the power supply. The power switch will
have no effect on the analyzer when the On/Off button has
been pressed.
NOTE: The On/Off button must be pressed a second time
to restart the power supply. Only then can the power
switch be used to restart the analyzer.

200909 8-7
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Service screens

Introduction This section discusses the Service screens, including the information available on
these screens and how to interpret the information.
The service screen descriptions in this section apply to all versions of the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.

Access To access the Service screens log onto the analyzer using the service password
SENDX.782. From the main menu select Menu > Service.
The following tabs are available on the Service screen:
Reset – Used to delete the database and reset the system to factory defaults
Scan – Used to scan any barcode. This can be useful when evaluating the function
of the internal or external barcode scanner.
Battery – Used to evaluate the condition of the battery pack
Utilities – Provides the following functions;
 Screen calibration
 Access to the Windows Explorer
 Volume control for the analyzer sounds
Logging – Used to activate the storage of data communication files for viewing.
This is useful when troubleshooting data communication issues.
Language – Used to select the desired language
Option Keys – Used to activate optional keyed features including a demo mode.
RiliBÄK – Used to activate a special group of QC ranges to support unique
regulatory requirements for German customers only. This feature is not
recommended for general use.

8-8 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Reset

Reset screen Use the Reset button on this screen to delete all information from the database and
reset all settings to the factory defaults. This is useful when a demonstration
analyzer needs to be cleared for the next demonstration or preparing an analyzer
for sale to a new customer.
IMPORTANT: The reset function includes deleting the sensor cassette and
solution pack history from the database. Both consumables will need to be
installed. The current sensor cassette can be reinstalled onto the analyzer. The
current solution pack cannot be reinstalled. The information stored on the solution
pack smart chip will not allow a previously installed pack to be reinstalled.

Step Action
1. Press the Reset tab.
2. A message will appear warning that all data will be deleted and ask
whether or not to proceed. Press Yes to continue.
NOTE: Pressing No at this point will cancel the system reset.
However, the printer queue will still be cleared of any pending print
jobs.
3. The analyzer will delete all data and a message will appear saying the
reset is complete. Press OK.
4. Return to the main menu and select the Data Logs button in the upper
right corner of the screen. Select Events and verify that there are no
past records.

200909 8-9
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Scan

Scan screen The Scan screen can be used to test the internal or external barcode scanner. It
allows an unlimited number of characters.
Press the Scan button to activate the internal scanner.
Use the trigger on the external scanner to activate this scanner.

8-10 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Battery

Battery screen The information on this screen is for use by the service technician to determine the
condition of the battery pack. The information displayed is drawn directly from the
battery pack.

Field Data Function


Manufacture Date 2/9/2007 The date the pack was manufactured. An
age greater than 2 years may indicate the
battery pack requires replacement.
Serial Number 50 The serial number assigned to this pack
during assembly.
Nominal Voltage 15 The nominal voltage for a battery pack is
always 15.
Full Charge Voltage 16.703 The full charge voltage is the actual battery
pack voltage potential. The range is from
13.0V to 18.0V depending on the operating
state of the analyzer. Nominal full charge
voltage is 16.0V.
DC Mode Current 0 The DC mode current is the actual source
current for the battery pack. The value can
vary by ±2.2A depending on the operating
state of the analyzer. Positive current values
indicate the power system is charging the
battery pack. Negative current values
indicate the battery pack is supplying power
to the analyzer. Zero (0) current indicates
the power system is NOT charging the
battery pack and that the analyzer has NO
power requirement from the battery pack.

Continued on next page

200909 8-11
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Battery, Continued

Battery screen
(continued) Field Data Function
Remaining Capacity 2320 The remaining capacity indicates the
current energy charge level of the battery
pack. The nominal range is approximately
500mAh to 2200 mAh. The battery level
indicator on the main menu screen (in the
lower right corner) is based on the battery
pack remaining capacity and changes its
display based on the values below. Note
that there is a difference in the ranges for
the ABL80 FLEX analyzer and the ABL80
FLEX CO-OX analyzer at the ¼ Full level.
Full 2200 – 1610 mAh
¾ Full 1609 – 1130 mAh
½ Full 1129 – 630 mAh
¼ Full (FLEX) 629 – 340 mAh
¼ Full (CO-OX) 629 – 483 mAh
Full Charge Capacity 2320 The full charge capacity indicates the
energy charge level of the battery pack.
Battery pack remaining capacity may be
greater than the nominal battery pack
capacity of 2200 mAh. This value will only
change if the battery is placed in a
reconditioning learning cycle. A value of
1800 mAh or less may indicate the battery
pack requires replacement.
Cycle Count 4 The cycle count indicates the number of
times that the battery has been fully
discharged. Fully discharged is defined as
the battery charge changing from the full
charge capacity to the minimum acceptable
remaining capacity allowed. A partial
battery discharge does NOT increment a
cycle count. A cycle count of 100 or greater
may indicate the battery pack requires
replacement.

8-12 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Utilities

Introduction The Utilities screen can be used to perform a touch screen calibration, access the
Windows operating system or adjust the analyzer’s volume setting.

Continued on next page

200909 8-13
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Utilities, Continued

Touch screen Select the Calibrate button to calibrate the touch screen. This procedure should be
calibration used whenever the touch screen has been removed or replaced to align the contact
points of the display and the touch screen.
The procedure for calibrating the touch screen can be found in Chapter 4 – Test
and Calibration Procedures.

Windows Select the Windows Explorer button to close the analyzer’s application program
Explorer and open a Windows Explorer window with access to the hard drive (compact
flash memory card). Extreme caution must be exercised when manipulating files
within Windows Explorer. Critical files and settings can be altered or deleted
which may adversely affect analyzer function.
This button should only be used for select procedures when access to the hard drive
is required.

Step Action
1. Connect a keyboard to the analyzer.
Note: If a PS2 keyboard is attached, reboot the analyzer for the
system to recognize this keyboard.
2. Select Menu > Service.
3. Select the Utilities tab.
4. Press the Windows Explorer button. The analyzer will close the
application and take the user to the desktop log on screen.
5. The following screen will appear.

Continued on next page

8-14 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Utilities, Continued

Windows
Step Action
Explorer
(continued) 6. Select Administrator. The following screen will appear.

7. Enter RMed!Admin123 in the password field and press OK. The


following screen will appear.

8. To return to the ABL80 application, select the Restart icon. This will
reload the analyzer software application.

Continued on next page

200909 8-15
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Utilities, Continued

Volume Control Use the Volume Control to adjust the volume of the beeps and tones made by the
analyzer. Pressing the up and down arrows will adjust the volume. There is also a
visual representation of the volume setting on the lower right of the screen. The
volume may be set within a range of 0 – 20.
The Mute checkbox may be used to silence the sounds completely.
Changes to the volume setting will take effect immediately.

8-16 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Logging

Introduction The Logging screen is used to record data communication log files.

CnC This checkbox will turn on data logging of the CnC software module activities.
This data can be used when setting up an HIS/LIS connection. Select the View Log
button to open Windows Notepad and view the log file.
This file can become very large. Selecting a maximum log file size will limit the
space used on the hard drive.
Each time the log file reaches the selected maximum size, the software will rename
the log file to a backup file and start a new log file. When the new file reaches the
selected limit, the backup file will be deleted, the log file will be renamed as the
backup file and a new log file will begin recording data.

Application These checkboxes will turn on data logging of the respective modules in the
application software. These should only be used when SenDx Technical Services
requests activation. After recording data for the desired number of days, the log file
may be copied to an external drive and sent to SenDx Medical for evaluation. Once
activated, these logs will automatically deactivate after 15 days to prevent
consuming excess space on the hard drive.

200909 8-17
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Language

Language screen The Language screen is used to select the user language for the analyzer. In most
cases, the software upgrade CD is used to load the required language strings for
that particular software version. On occasion, a Language CD may be released,
containing various language strings. This language CD is only released when the
application software has not been upgraded but new language strings become
available. Ensure that the upgrade CD (or language CD) being used matches the
software version in the analyzer.

Step Action
1. Press the Language tab.
2. Press the down arrow on the selection box to view the available
languages.
3. Highlight the desired language.
4. Insert the Upgrade CD into the CD drive.
5. Press Set Language to begin loading the desired language into this
analyzer.
6. The system will warn that this task may take several minutes and ask
whether or not the user would like to continue. Press Yes to continue.
7. Once the process is complete, the analyzer will automatically eject
the CD.
8. The system will automatically reboot the analyzer.

8-18 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Option keys

Introduction The Option Keys tab is used to enable optional keyed features. These features
include activation of ASTM/HL7 communication protocols, remote support and
demo mode.

Demo Mode The Demo Mode allows a distributor to maximize the use of consumables on an
option: analyzer. All versions of the ABL80 FLEX analyzer will be shipped with the
Demo Mode option disabled by default. When an analyzer is in demo mode, the
analyzer will allow a sensor cassette to be installed past its expiration date or used
past its in-use expiration. It will also allow an unlimited number of tests to be
performed with a cassette. The demo mode also allows a solution pack to be
installed past its expiration date and will allow multiple installations on any one
solution pack. The system will accurately track the number of cycles consumed,
however, and will deny further use once the fluid cycles have been consumed.
While in the demo mode, the analyzer will display a warning on the main menu
which states, “Demo Mode – Not for patient use”. This message will also appear
on all patient results. Blood sample results obtained while in demo mode must
NEVER be used as a basis for clinical decisions.
Demo Mode Expires – One month before the demo mode is scheduled to expire, a
warning message will appear on the main menu. To extend the demo mode a new
option key must be requested.

ASTM / HL7 The ASTM / HL7 option allows the distributor the ability to disable HIS/LIS
option: communications unless a customer chooses to purchase an activation key. All
ABL80 FLEX analyzer versions will be shipped with the ASTM / HL7 option
enabled by default. This Service tab can be used to either inactivate this feature or
to activate it using a key file.

Continued on next page

200909 8-19
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Option keys, Continued

Remote Support The Remote Support tab allows the user to log onto the analyzer from a remote
option: location.
Remote support can assist the user by allowing Radiometer service representatives
to troubleshoot analyzer issues remotely. It utilizes NetOp® (Danware Data A/S)
software to provide external access and control of the analyzer screens.

NOTE: To activate these options, an option key file must be ordered from SenDx. Submit
the order form complete with analyzer serial number, distributor name and the
option requested. .

Activation To activate an option with the option key file, select the Read Key button. This
opens a Windows Explorer window to allow the user to point to the location of the
file.

Inactivation Press the Clear Options key to open a combo box and select from the active
Options. Once an option is selected the OK button is enabled. Pressing the OK
button brings up a question box asking, “Are you sure you want to remove the XXX
option from this analyzer?” Press “Yes” to remove the selected option.

Continued on next page

8-20 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Option keys, Continued

Glucose The Glucose Manifold checkbox indicates that this analyzer has the updated
Manifold manifold installed. Because the older manifold version caused a contamination
issue in the analyzer with respect to the glucose measurement, the analyzer
software will not install a glucose sensor unless this key is checked. The manifold
update process includes the software program that will activate this checkbox.

CO-OX When checked, the CO-OX checkbox indicates that this analyzer is an ABL80
FLEX CO-OX analyzer and not an ABL80 FLEX analyzer. This check box
controls which version of software to use in this analyzer. This checkbox is set at
the factory.

200909 8-21
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

RiliBÄK

Introduction RiliBÄK is the name of a German regulatory requirement for laboratory QC. This
feature was designed for use in Germany.
When enabled, the RiliBÄK feature applies additional QC range requirements for
each parameter. The system automatically determines if the insert range or the
RiliBÄK range is more limiting then applies the more rigid QC requirement for
that parameter and level.
The RiliBÄK tab on the Service screen is used to enable the RiliBÄK feature and
the special options within the RiliBÄK feature. When enabled, the user is allowed
access to an otherwise hidden software selection under the Manual QC settings
(Menu > Settings > Manual QC) called RiliBÄK Ranges. On this screen the user
can enable RiliBÄK ranges for manual QC and System Cycle QC results. They can
also define the allowable span for each parameter in accordance with RiliBÄK
regulations, see Chapter 9, Settings in the operator’s manual for more information
on the use of this screen.

Options The two feature options are:


 Autoprint solution pack ranges: When enabled, the system will automatically
print the solution pack information as provided on the System Information
screen, each time a new solution pack is installed onto the analyzer. This
information includes the assigned values for each level of QC which is
necessary to calculate RiliBÄK ranges.
 Separate Cal and QC printouts: When enabled, the system will automatically
generate two separate printouts, one that includes only ythe calibration
information and one that includes only the QC information for each System
Cycle record.

Continued on next page

8-22 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

RiliBÄK, Continued

RiliBÄK Ranges Enable the RiliBÄK features as described in the steps below

Step Action
1. Press the RiliBÄK tab.

2. Press the check box labeled RiliBÄK ranges to enable this feature.
3. Press the check box labeled Autoprint solution pack ranges to enable
this feature.
4. Press the check box labeled Separate Cal and QC printouts to enable
this feature.
5. Press OK.

200909 8-23
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Connectivity component (CnC)

Introduction CnC is a communications library used for communicating analyzer related data
with other systems. Training in the CnC system is provided by Radiometer
Medical – Copenhagen.
All ABL80 FLEX analyzer versions use communication protocols from the CnC
which do not support transmission of QC ranges. It is possible to enable
transmission of ranges by following the steps below.

Setup CnC Follow these steps to access and setup the connectivity component (CnC).

Step Action
1. Connect a keyboard to the analyzer.
Note: If a PS2 keyboard is attached, reboot the analyzer for the
system to recognize this keyboard.
2. Log on as Service using the Service password SENDX.782
3. Select Menu > Service.
4. Press the Utilities tab.
5. Press the Windows Explorer button. The analyzer will close the
application and take the user to the desktop log on screen.
6. The following screen will appear.

Continued on next page

8-24 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Connectivity component (CnC), Continued

Setup CnC
Step Action
(continued)
7. Select Administrator. The following screen will appear.

8. Enter RMed!Admin123 in the password field and press OK. The


following screen will appear.

Continued on next page

200909 8-25
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Connectivity component (CnC), Continued

Setup CnC
Step Action
(continued)
9. At the desktop select the following:
 Start
 My Computer
 WINXPE (C:) (double click)
 ABL80 FLEX (double click)
 CnC (double click)
10. There are two folders under CnC. One is labeled ABL80 FLEX and
the other Defaults.
 The ABL80 FLEX folder contains the four communication
protocol ini files that include transmission of QC ranges.
 The Default folder contains the default CnC ini files which do not
include transmission of QC ranges.
11. Open the ABL80 FLEX folder and select the desired communications
protocol. The selections are:
 ASTM
 ASTM 6XX
 hl7_22
 hl7_25
12. Copy the desired ini file to the CnC folder, one level up. The new file
will replace the current file of the same name in the CnC folder.
Note: If for any reason it is necessary to return to the default settings,
copy the ini file from the Default folder into the CnC folder.
Warning: Never delete or alter these ABL80 FLEX and Default files.
13. Once the copy process is complete, close WinXPE and return to the
desktop.
14. On the desktop double click the EWF Commit icon in the upper right
corner of the screen. The EWF Commit process will permanently save
the change and automatically reboot the analyzer, bringing up the
application.

8-26 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Battery management

Introduction All versions of the ABL80 FLEX analyzer can be used on battery power. The
analyzer contains four lithium-ion cells within a battery pack that provides a power
output capable of supporting analyzer functions.

Battery life The analyzer can remain on battery in an idle state with a fully charged battery
pack for approximately one hour.

Charge time A depleted battery pack will require a minimum of two hours to fully re-charge.

Battery The analyzer main menu displays several icons related to power and the battery
indicators status. These icons are in the bottom right corner of the screen to the left of the
time of day. Reference the Battery screen section on page 8-11.

Continued on next page

200909 8-27
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Battery management, Continued

Screens

Main menu on AC power

Main menu on battery power

Continued on next page

8-28 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Battery management, Continued

Battery Icon Description


indicators
The analyzer is plugged into a wall socket and is running on AC
(continued)
power.
The analyzer is running on battery power. The battery pack is fully
charged. At this power level, cassette installation and tHb
calibration is not permitted.
The analyzer is running on battery power. The battery pack is ¾
charged. At this power level, cassette installation and tHb
calibration is not permitted.
The analyzer is running on battery power. The battery pack is ½
charged. At this power level cassette installation, solution pack
installation, System Cycles, 2-point calibration and tHb calibration
is not permitted.
The analyzer is running on battery power. The battery pack is ¼
charged. At this power level shutdown of the analyzer is imminent.
At this power level cassette installation, solution pack installation,
System Cycles, 2-point calibration, tHb calibration, liquid sensor
calibration and CO-OX blank calibration is not permitted.

Analyzer Once the analyzer battery power falls below the minimum threshold, the analyzer
shutdown will shut itself down. A warning message will appear on the screen while the
analyzer software and hardware is closed down in a controlled manner. To power
the analyzer back on, connect the analyzer to an AC source and press the power
button.

Low Power When the analyzer has been disconnected from an AC source and turned off for
Storage mode more than eight hours the system will automatically go into a low power storage
mode to conserve battery power. Once in low power storage mode the analyzer
must be connected to AC power prior to powering on the analyzer.

200909 8-29
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Diagnostics

Introduction This topic describes the various features of the Diagnostics troubleshooting screen.
 The status of the various parameter channels and hardware components are
displayed at the top of the screen
 Check boxes are used to control the activation of various electronic settings
 The soft keys across the bottom of the screen allow the user to initiate a single
flush of solutions one through four from the solution pack, activate the waste
pump, activate an aspiration cycle or zero the analyte channels (with a zeroing
service cassette).
 The CO-OX button allows access to the CO-OX Diagnostics screen in the
ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer. This button does not appear in the ABL80
FLEX analyzer.

Diagnostics Log on to the analyzer with the service password SENDX.782 then select Menu >
screen Utilities > Diagnostics to access the diagnostics screen. The following screen will
appear on the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Continued on next page

8-30 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Diagnostics, Continued

The following screen will appear on the AC80 AC AC analyzer.

Diagnostics The following bullet points describe the various features of this screen:
description
 The first two columns in the upper section of the screen display the parameter
channel electronic values
- The last channel reading, labeled “ThermAC”, is the temperature reading
from the sensor cassette flowcell
 The last two columns in the upper section of the screen display the state of
various hardware parts within the analyzer
- Valve 1-5: Refers to the five internal valves within the analyzer. A display
of 0 signifies a closed, non-activated valve; 1 signifies an open, activated
valve.
- Inlet: Refers to the sensor cassette inlet flap sensor. A display of 0 signifies
a closed (lowered) inlet flap; 1 signifies an open (lifted) inlet flap.
- AC Latch: Refers to the solution pack door sensor. A display of 0 signifies
a closed latch; 1 signifies an open latch.
- Roller Motor: Refers to the roller motor with roller assembly. A display of
0 signifies the roller motor is at rest; 1 signifies that the motor is running.
This feature is only displayed in the AC80 AC analyzer.
- Waste Pump: Refers to the waste pump. A display of 0 signifies the waste
pump is at rest; 1 signifies that the motor is running.

Continued on next page

200909 8-31
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Diagnostics, Continued

Diagnostics  The next set of check boxes activates various hardware components
description
- Heater: Activates the heater circuitry. When enabled (and a sensor cassette
(continued)
is attached), the “ThermAC” display should read 37.0 ( 0.2).
- O2: Activates the oxygen channel
- AC: Activates the hematocrit channel
- SC: Activates the air detection channel (solution conductivity)
- Pinch Valve: Activates the pinch valve, causing it to close and thereby
pinching closed the hemolyzer tubing.. When inactivated, the natural
expandability of the tubing will push the pinch valve open (if the tubing is
properly installed). This feature is only displayed in the AC80 AC AC
analyzer.
 The bottom set of buttons control various fluidic activities
- Pump S1 – S4: Activates the necessary pumps and valves to flush the
desired solution through the sensor cassette
- Waste Pump: Activates the waste pump for 5 seconds
- Aspiration: Activates a two-step aspiration cycle, as occurs during Analysis
ad manual AC samples
- Set 0: Used to zero the analyte channels. See Chapter 4 – Test and
Calibration Procedures for more information on the use of this button.
- AC: This allows access to the AC diagnostics screen as detailed below.
This button only appears in the AC80 AC AC analyzer..

Continued on next page

8-32 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Diagnostics, Continued

AC diagnostics The following options are available in the CO-OX Diagnostics screen in the CO-
OX analyzer as shown in the image below. These functions may be requested by
Technical Service to assist in diagnosing issues.
Results from each test performed will be displayed in the large, open section of the
screen. An overall pass/fail notation will be displayed in the upper right corner for
each section tested. Various data points will also be displayed under each section,
with their corresponding acceptable limits.

The following functions are available:


Run Service Test – This button will perform a complete service test of the CO-
oximetry module as referenced in the troubleshooting section of this chapter. Data
from this test can be printed or exported. Consumables must be installed on the
analyzer to perform this test.

Continued on next page

200909 8-33
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Diagnostics, Continued

AC diagnostics Read Spectrometer EEPROM – This button will display the contents of the
(continued) EEPROM. This step is required before exporting spectrum data.

Update Hemolyzer Status – This button will display the hemolyzer status

Print Service Data – This button will print the service test data on the analyzer
printer.

Continued on next page

8-34 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Diagnostics, Continued

AC diagnostics Export Service Data – This button will export the service test data to a AC-R/RW
(continued) or a AC drive. This data may then be forwarded to Technical Services.

Export Spectrum Data – This button will export the spectrum data to a
AC-R/RW or a AC drive. This data may then be forwarded to Technical Services.

Continued on next page

200909 8-35
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Diagnostics, Continued

AC diagnostics Liquid Sensor Calibration – This button will initiate a calibration of the liquid
(continued) sensor and display the results. If the results of this calibration fail, replace the
liquid sensor. Consumables must be installed to perform this calibration.

Diagnostics – This button will return the user to the Diagnostics screen.

8-36 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Reference table of problems, causes and


corrective actions

This section summarizes, in table form, the various types of problems and error
conditions which may be encountered during the operation of all versions of the
AC80 AC analyzer.

200909 8-37
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Reference table

Introduction This table offers a convenient reference to problems, their causes and the
recommended corrective action.
The most frequent cause for each problem is listed first followed by less frequent
causes.
NOTE: The first action for most problems is to ensure that all cables are properly
seated.

Problem Probable Cause Corrective Action


Power – the analyzer will not Battery pack has been Disconnect then re-connect the
boot up, though the screen discharged below the minimum battery pack from the power
flickers acceptable level necessary to supply. Re-start the analyzer.
boot up the analyzer
The analyzer will not start After 8 hours, the power supply Connect the analyzer to AC
while on battery power – after transitions into a low-power power to return the power
being idle for more than 8 hours storage mode supply to normal power mode
Charger LED is red – the Battery pack is not connected Reconnect the battery pack
bottom LED on the power
Battery pack is defective Replace the battery pack
supply is red
Analyzer shuts down when Battery pack may have a Examine the LED’s when the
switched to battery power communication issue with the analyzer is running on AC
power supply power (see Power Supply in this
chapter)
Internal barcode scanner – Barcode scanner cable is loose Check the connections between
will not scan; no scan light the barcode scanner and the
visible base board
Barcode scanner cable is Replace the cable
defective
Barcode scanner is damaged Observe the barcode scanner
when the analyzer power is first
turned on. If the door inside the
scanner does not move when
power is applied, replace the
scanner.
The scanner may be misaligned  Open the from cover unit
causing the light beam to reflect and verify that the barcode
off the analyzer front cover assembly support is
rather than exiting the barcode properly and fully installed
scanner opening.
 Verify that the computer
unit is properly installed

Continued on next page

8-38 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Reference table, Continued

Problem Probable Cause Corrective Action


1-wire circuit – the analyzer One or more ports in the 1-wire  Proceed to the 1-wire Port
cannot recognize the solution system are not being recognized Test in Chapter 4 – Test and
pack, sensor cassette or analyzer by the analyzer. Calibration Procedures
serial number
 Verify the switch position
on the analog board (CO-
OX) (see Figure 8-3).
Replace the CO-OX analog
board if no switch is
installed. SW1 must be to
the right. Accidently moving
SW2 to the right will bypass
an important safety feature.
SW2 must be to the left.
 Replace the main
distribution board (FLEX)
or the spine board (CO-OX)

Continued on next page

200909 8-39
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Reference table, Continued

Figure 8-3

Continued on next page

8-40 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Reference table, Continued

Problem Probable Cause Corrective Action


Windows® XPe – will not load Operating system has become Replace the compact flash
or run damaged or corrupted memory card (hard drive)
Repeated parameter failures The sensor connector may be Replace the sensor board
using multiple consumables worn, damaged or corroded (FLEX) or the sensor connector
board (CO-OX)
The signal data board (FLEX) Replace the signal data board
or the analog board (CO-OX) (FLEX) or the analog board
may be defective (CO-OX)
Repeated Temp errors using The sensor connector may be Replace the sensor board
multiple sensor cassettes worn, damaged or corroded (FLEX) or the sensor connector
board (CO-OX)
 Zero settings may have Proceed to the Zero Check in
changed Chapter 4 – Test and
Calibration procedures
 Heater circuit failure
Multiple oximetry parameter CO-OX control board may be  Run service test in CO-OX
failures defective diagnostics screen
Hemolyzer assembly may be  Ensure proper seating of
defective cables
Spectrometer assembly may be  Replace faulty component
defective as identified is service test
Oximetry/SC parameter Insufficient sample volume Insufficient sample volume:
failures cause by either:
 Ensure the cable to the
 Sample not being properly peristaltic pump motor
aspirated into system assembly is properly seated
 Blockage  Replace peristaltic pump
head
 Replace the peristaltic pump
motor assembly
 Replace the CO-OX control
board
Blockage:
 Check for blockages in the
hemolyzer tubing

Continued on next page

200909 8-41
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Reference table, Continued

Problem Probable Cause Corrective Action


Blank calibration failure – Liquid sensor failure  Perform a liquid sensor
liquid sensor failure in Service calibration in the CO-OX
Test diagnostics screen
 Verify all connections
 Replace liquid sensor
Analyzer will not recognize Sensor cassette opto-sensor  Test the opto-sensor in the
that the sensor cassette inlet failure diagnostics screen to
flap is closed or opened determine if the reading
changes when the inlet is
opened or closed
 Replace the opto-sensor
Analyzer indicates that the SP latch opto-sensor failure  Test the opto-sensor in the
solution pack is not connected diagnostics screen to
determine if the reading
changes when the SP latch
is opened or closed
 Replace the SP latch opto-
sensor
Repeated 581 errors The presence of fetal Enable the correction of HbF
hemoglobin is the sample >20% on the Input Fields
screen, Defaults tab

Continued on next page

8-42 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Reference table, Continued

Problem Probable Cause Corrective Action


CMOS checksum error – the This indicates that the BIOS  Remove the analyzer back
analyzer will display this settings have reverted to the cover and verify that the
message during bootup computer board manufacturer’s coin cell battery is securely
default settings. seated in the holder on the
This can be caused by a loss of computer base board
power to the computer board  Remove the coin cell
due to a loose or fully battery and verify the
discharged coin cell battery battery output is 3 volts
(431-021) or an intermittent / using a multi-meter
poor connection between the
computer unit boards.  Carefully press down on the
sides of the computer
processor board (the board
located directly under the
heat sink) to ensure that it is
properly connected to the
computer base board located
directly below it
Follow the “BIOS setup”
procedure in Chapter 4 – Test
and Calibration Procedures to
reset the BIOS settings
Waste drain backs up – fluids Blocked tubing Clear the waste line using
will not drain cleaning solution. See Chapter 7
- Preventative Maintenance for
information on cleaning the
waste line.
If there is a build-up of material
inside the tubing replace the
tubing
Blocked waste manifold Clear the waste line using
cleaning solution. See Chapter 7
- Preventative Maintenance for
information on cleaning the
waste line.
If there is a build-up of material
inside the waste manifold
replace the waste manifold
Waste motor has failed and is Verify operation of the waste
not pumping pump and the waste pump head;
replace parts as necessary
The cable clamp is too tight and Loosen the cable clamp
is pinching the tubing

Continued on next page

200909 8-43
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Reference table, Continued

Problem Probable Cause Corrective Action


Cavitation absorb falls below 5 If the Cavitation absorb value  Verify the condition of the
fails the Run Service Test there pinch valve in the
may be an error with the pinch Diagnostics screen by
valve selecting the Pinch valve
checkbox and listening for
the click of the valve.
Deselect the checkbox and
listen again for the click to
verify operation.
 Verify that there are no pin-
hole leaks in the tubing.
 Verify that all tubing is
properly connected and is
not pinched.
CD will not eject – the compact The analyzer front cover may be  Open the front cover unit
disk is stuck in the CD drive blocking the CD drive opening and verify that the barcode
assembly support is
properly and fully inserted
 Verify that the computer
unit is properly installed
CD drive cover may be Examine the CD drive cover to
misaligned determine if the drive cover has
shifted
CD drive has failed Insert a straightened paper clip
or other small, flat-tipped pin
The software cannot release the
into the CD eject hole located
compact disk
under the CD drive and to the
right of the CD drive symbol.
This will eject the CD (see
Figure 8-4).

Figure 8-4

8-44 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

System messages

Introduction This section presents the various types of system messages communicated by the
analyzer. Messages unique to only one analyzer version are clearly identified.
Details of the interpretation of the messages and related suggested corrective
actions are provided in this section.
The three main types of system messages include:
 General error messages - displayed in an on-screen error message box
 CO-OX error codes - reported with results
 Result messages – included in various types of result reports

System message These different types of system messages are communicated by the system in three
examples different ways.
General error messages appear in an on-screen error message box such as the one
below.

Continued on next page

200909 8-45
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

System messages, Continued

System message CO-OX error codes appear in the Message section of a sample, calibration or QC
examples report when a CO-OX error condition occurs. The error code is listed followed by
(continued) a list of all CO-OX parameters affected. A question mark (?) will appear next to all
oximetry parameters when a CO-OX error condition is identified. The following
example shows a CO-OX error condition on a patient result.

RADIOMETER ABL80 FLEX


PATIENT RESULTS

Analysis time: 6/16/2008 08:16:16


Sample type: Arterial
MEASURED VALUES
Blood Gas (37.0 C)
pH 7.41
pCO2 38 mmHg
pO2 81 mmHg

Oximetry
ctHb ? 14.6 g/dL
FO2Hb ? 93.6 %
FCOHb ? 1.1 %
FMetHb ? 0.3 %

Electrolytes/Metabolites
+
Na 139 mmol/L
+
K 4.2 mmol/L
2+
Ca 1.12 mmol/L
-
Cl 101 mmol/L
Glu 4.9 mmol/L

MESSAGES
Status: ? ctHb

CO-OX error(s): 581 (ctHb)

Continued on next page

8-46 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

System messages, Continued

System message Result messages appear as symbols or abbreviations on the results of a patient
examples sample, calibration or QC result. They either display next to the parameter
(continued) involved or in place of the result value. The following example shows several
result messages as they appear in a patient result.

RADIOMETER ABL80 FLEX


PATIENT RESULTS

Analysis time: 6/16/2008 08:16:16


Sample type: Arterial
MEASURED VALUES
Blood Gas (37.0 C)
pH 7.41

pCO2  32 mmHg
pO2 81 mmHg

Oximetry
ctHb 14.6 g/dL
FO2Hb 93.6 %
FCOHb 1.1 %
FMetHb 0.3 %

Electrolytes/Metabolites
+
Na L/O mmol/L
+
K 4.2 mmol/L
2+
Ca 1.12 mmol/L
-
Cl 101 mmol/L
Glu 4.9 mmol/L

MESSAGES
Status: OK

L/O - Lockout

200909 8-47
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

General error messages

Introduction This section lists the general error messages, provides interpretations and
recommends corrective actions. Refer to each message using its unique error
number.
The general error messages are grouped in the following categories:
1000 – System errors
1100 – Solution pack
1200 – Sensor cassette
1300 – Temperature and air detection
1400 – Manual QC
1500 – Input requirements
2000 – Communications
2100 - Oximeter

General error The following table provides an interpretation of every general error message and
messages table suggested corrective actions.

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1000 – System errors
1000 Invalid input The input field entry is not Enter an acceptable value
an acceptable value. in the input field.
1001 Value x not in range (y-z) The value entered (x) is not Enter a value that falls
for <parameter> within the acceptable range within the acceptable input
(y-z) for this parameter. range.
1002 Latch is open Solution pack door latch is Press on the solution pack
not fully connected. door, near the top of the
latch, until it snaps into
place.
If problem persists, replace
the opto-sensor.
1004 Cannot access analyzer The system experienced a Verify that the iButton,
smart chip general read / write failure of ABL80 is properly seated.
the analyzer smart chip.
If problem persists, replace
the iButton, ABL80.

Continued on next page

8-48 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1005 Analyzer not connected The system cannot read the Proceed to the 1-wire Port
analyzer’s iButton Test in Chapter 4 – Test
and Calibration
Procedures.
If the problem persists,
replace the iButton,
ABL80.
1006 These fields are mandatory: Certain input fields have Enter information into all
been configured for mandatory input fields.
mandatory input and no
information has been
entered.
1007 Initializing database timed The analyzer is unable to  Shutdown the
out read and/or write to the analyzer then power it
analyzer’s database. up again (re-boot)
 If the problem persists,
replace the compact
flash memory card.
1008 You must enter a username Username has been Enter a valid username
configured for mandatory from the list of users on the
input. Security screen.
1009 You must enter a password Password has been Enter a valid password
configured for mandatory from the list of users on the
input. Security screen.
1010 Invalid username A username has been entered Enter a valid username
that is not present in the list from the list of users on the
of users. Security screen.
1011 Invalid password A password has been entered Enter a valid password
that is not present in the list from the user list, taking
of users. Note that the special note of the proper
password field is case case for each letter.
sensitive.
1012 Password expired The user password is Reset the user password in
expired. the Security screen.
1013 This user cannot be deleted The Administrator and None
Anonymous users cannot be
deleted.

Continued on next page

200909 8-49
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1015 Query failed The query was unable to  Retry the query
locate the requested
information due to some  If query fails,
type of system error. investigate the
network
communication status
1016 Query timed out No query results were  Retry the query
received within the
allowable time period.  If query fails,
investigate the network
communication status
and speed
1017 No query connection The network connection is Ensure the correct
not active. connection is selected on
the Data Request tab of the
Data Communications
screen and it is active
1018 Internal query error The internal query was  Verify the data upon
unable to find any matching which the query was
information. based is accurate
 Retry the query
 If query fails, enter
data manually
1019 No query results The query was unable to find  Verify the data upon
any matching information. which the query was
based is accurate
 Retry the query
 If query fails, enter
data manually
1020 Printer error The printer is unable to print  Verify the correct
successfully paper is being used and
that the paper is
properly loaded into
the printer.
 Verify the integrity of
the printer cables;
replace the printer or
cabling as necessary

Continued on next page

8-50 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1021 Battery is low The charge state of the Connect the analyzer to
battery is not sufficient to AC power.
complete the requested
If the problem persists,
action.
replace the battery pack
1022 No parameters were The custom parameter panel Select at least one active
selected. At least one active chosen does not include any parameter in the custom
parameter must be selected active parameters. parameter panel. (Only
active parameters are
available for selection)
1023 Sensor cassette installation The system is currently on Connect the analyzer to
cannot be performed while battery power. The system AC power
on battery power will not allow sensor
cassette installation on
battery power
1024 Software upgrade cannot be The analyzer is currently on Connect the analyzer to
performed while on battery battery power. The system AC power.
power requires AC power during an
upgrade.
1026 Analyzer locked The user is attempting to Unlock the analyzer by
perform analysis while the proceeding to the
analyzer has been manually Analyzer Lockout screen.
locked using the Analyzer (Menu > Settings > System
Lockout feature > Analyzer Lockout)
1028 Analyzer iButton not The analyzer smart chip is A new iButton, ABL80
programmed not properly programmed must be ordered, REF 551-
195. Include the analyzer
serial number when
ordering.
1029 Unknown iButton error code The analyzer has Proceed to the 1-wire Port
experienced an unidentified Test in Chapter 4 – Test
error in reading or writing to and Calibration
the analyzer smart chip Procedures.
1030 The Quick Key you pressed The Quick Key selection is Use the main menu Menu
is not operating. Please use not responding button to select the desired
the Menus instead. function.
1031 Hardware failure: unable to The analyzer has Check all connections to
detect CD drive experienced an error the CD drive. Replace
accessing the CD drive drive if necessary.

Continued on next page

200909 8-51
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1032 Video Tutorial file not found The analyzer is unable to Contact SenDx Technical
locate the necessary files in Support for instructions on
the database to run video replacing the appropriate
tutorials files.
1033 Unable to run Video The system is unable to run Contact SenDx Technical
Tutorials the Video Tutorial feature Service.
1034 Smart chip system error. One or more smart chips (in Remove the sensor cassette
Remove cassette and the cassette, pack and/or and solution pack then
solution pack prior to analyzer) are interfering with reboot the analyzer
rebooting the 1-wire system
1035 Smart chip system error. One or more smart chips (in 1. If error persists
Contact Service. Replace the cassette and/or pack) are following consumable
solution pack. If error interfering with the 1-wire replacement, verify
persists, replace cassette. system. that the analyzer has
the most current
iButton probe board
cable (636-642 or
higher) with the shrink
wrap material on the
cable.
2. Replace the
consumables
1036 Manufacture date is beyond The date in the analyzer is Verify the analyzer date
the current date before the date the and correct as necessary
consumable was
manufactured

Continued on next page

8-52 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1100 – Solution pack
1100 Solution pack is not The solution pack smart chip  Insert the solution
connected was not identified by the pack fully into the
analyzer, indicating to the analyzer cavity. Fully
system that the solution pack close the door until
is not present in the analyzer the latch snaps closed.
cavity.
 If problem persists,
replace the solution
pack
 If the problem persists
with another solution
pack, verify that the
iButton probe is
connected.
 If the problem
persists, replace the
iButton probe.
1101 Solution pack is not installed The solution pack present in Install the solution pack.
the analyzer has never been Select Menu > Utilities >
successfully installed. Install > Solution Pack
and follow the instructions.
1102 The solution pack was A solution pack cannot be Install a new solution pack
installed on another installed into more than one
analyzer. It cannot be used analyzer.
on this analyzer.
1103 Solution pack previously The solution pack has No action necessary
installed already been installed onto
this analyzer.
1104 Solution pack has expired The current date is beyond Replace the solution pack
the in-use life expiration date
of the installed solution
pack.
1105 Current date is beyond the The solution pack is expired. Install a new solution pack
“install by” date of the The analyzer will not allow
solution pack an expired solution pack to
be installed.

Continued on next page

200909 8-53
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1106 Data on solution pack is The analyzer cannot  Re-seat the solution
invalid accurately read and interpret pack. Ensure the latch is
the solution pack smart chip closed.
information.
 If problem persists,
replace the solution
pack.
 If problem persists after
replacing the solution
pack, perform the
iButton Viewer test in
Chapter 4 – Test and
Calibration Procedures.
The manufacture date of the Verify the analyzer date
solution pack is prior to the and correct as necessary
current analyzer date
1107 Solution 1 empty The action requested by the Replace the solution pack
user requires a certain
1108 Solution 2 empty
quantity of solution pack
1109 Solution 3 empty cycles that is not available in
the currently installed
1110 Solution 4 empty
solution pack.
1111 Solution 1 is low
1112 Solution 2 is low
1113 Solution 3 is low
1114 Solution 4 is low
1115 Cannot access solution pack The system cannot read the  Re-seat the solution
smart chip information on the solution pack. Ensure the latch is
pack smart chip. closed.
 If problem persists,
replace the solution pack
 If problem persists after
replacing the solution
pack, verify that the
iButton probe is
connected.
 If the problem persists,
replace the iButton
probe.

Continued on next page

8-54 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1116 Unable to write to solution The analyzer cannot write  Replace the solution
pack smart chip necessary information to the pack
smart chip on the solution
pack.  If problem persists,
verify that the SC80
probe is connected.
 If the problem persists,
replace the SC80 probe.
1117 Solution pack verification The function of the installed Install a new sensor
not performed solution pack cannot be cassette or physically re-
verified because: attach the currently
installed cassette.
 Current SC80 is expired
 Current SC80 is not
physically connected
 There is no currently
installed SC80
1118 Solution pack verification The results of the solution Replace solution pack
failed pack verification did not
meet acceptance criteria.
1119 Solution pack verification The pO2 sensor failed to meet Replace the sensor cassette
not complete general acceptance criteria
or was inactivated
previously and failed the
verification check.
1120 Solution pack is not installed The solution pack present in Proceed to the Solution
the analyzer was not Pack Installation screen to
successfully installed install this pack If a second
attempt is unsuccessful,
use a new solution pack.
1121 Insufficient solution pack The solution levels in the Replace the solution pack
cycles remaining solution pack are too low to
perform the desired function
1122 Solution pack model is not The solution pack being Replace the solution pack
compatible with this installed is not for use with with the appropriate model
analyzer this analyzer
1123 The analyzer date is prior The analyzer’s system date Correct the analyzer date
to the manufacture date of precedes the date the (Menu  Settings  Setup
the solution pack solution pack was  Date/Time)
manufactured

Continued on next page

200909 8-55
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1200 – Sensor cassette
1200 Sensor cassette is not The sensor cassette smart  Ensure the cassette is
connected chip was not identified by fully seated onto the
the analyzer, indicating the analyzer. Press in the
sensor cassette is not center of the cassette
connected to the analyzer. until a snap is heard.
 If problem persists,
replace the sensor
cassette
 If problem persists after
replacing the sensor
cassette, verify that the
sensor board cable is
properly connected.
1201 Error reading sensor cassette The analyzer cannot  Re-seat the sensor
checksum accurately read and interpret cassette
the sensor cassette smart
chip information.  If problem persists,
replace the sensor
cassette
 If problem persists after
replacing the sensor
cassette, the pin
receptacle on the sensor
board may be damaged.
Replace the sensor
board.
 If problem persists after
replacing the sensor
board, perform the
iButton Viewer test in
Chapter 4 – Test and
Calibration Procedures.
1202 Sample inlet flap is open The sample inlet flap is not  Lower the inlet flap
completely lowered. completely
(ABL80 FLEX analyzer)
Sample inlet probe is raised The sample inlet probe is not  If problem persists
completely lowered replace the sensor
(ABL80 FLEX CO-OX cassette
analyzer)
 If problem persists after
replacing the sensor
cassette, replace the opto
sensor.

Continued on next page

8-56 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1203 Sensor cassette has expired The current date is beyond Replace the sensor cassette
the in-use life expiration date
of the installed sensor
cassette.
1204 Sensor cassette is not The attached sensor cassette Install the sensor cassette.
initialized has not successfully Select Menu > Utilities >
completed an installation Install > SC80 and follow
procedure. the instructions.
1205 This sensor cassette has not The attached sensor cassette Install the sensor cassette.
been installed onto this was installed onto another Select Menu > Utilities >
analyzer. Re-initialization is analyzer but has never been Install > SC80 and follow
required. successfully installed onto the instructions.
this analyzer.
1206 Sensor cassette previously This sensor cassette has No action necessary
installed already been successfully
installed onto this analyzer.
1207 Sensor cassette requires The current calibration status Select Menu > Manual
calibration is not acceptable, either System Cycle to initiate a
because the System Cycle is System Cycle.
overdue or because the last
System Cycle status was not
acceptable.
1208 No more tests remaining All allowable tests have Replace the sensor cassette
been performed on the
currently installed sensor
cassette.
1209 Sensor cassette is not at The sensor cassette Place the analyzer, with
ambient temperature temperature is outside the consumables, in a location
operating temperature limit. that is within the specified
operating temperature (12-
28 C) and allow time to
equilibrate to this
temperature.

Continued on next page

200909 8-57
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1210 Cannot access sensor The analyzer is unable to  Re-seat the sensor
cassette smart chip read the sensor cassette cassette
smart chip.
 If problem persists,
replace the sensor
cassette
 If problem persists after
replacing the sensor
cassette, the pin
receptacle on the sensor
board may be damaged.
Replace the sensor
board.
 If problem persists after
replacing the sensor
board, perform the
iButton Viewer test in
Chapter 4 – Test and
Calibration Procedures.
1211 Sensor cassette is not ready The glucose channel was not  Select Menu > Manual
able to meet acceptable System Cycle to initiate a
stability criteria. System Cycle
 If problem persists, Glu
can be inactivated, if
desired
1212 Sensor cassette install by The sensor cassette is Install a new sensor
date has passed expired. The analyzer will cassette
not allow an expired sensor
cassette to be installed.
1213 Sensor cassette must be The desired action requires a Connect a sensor cassette
connected and inlet flap sensor cassette be connected and ensure the inlet flap is
must be closed to the analyzer with the inlet fully down.
flap down completely.
(ABL80 FLEX analyzer)
Sensor cassette must be
connected and inlet probe
must be lowered
(ABL80 FLEX CO-OX
analyzer)

Continued on next page

8-58 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1214 Aspiration timed out because During the aspiration of a Lower the inlet flap. Re-
it did not complete within sample the inlet probe was analyze the sample,
required time period. Sample never lowered to allow ensuring the inlet flap is
will be discarded. sample analysis to proceed. lowered at the appropriate
time.
1215 Analysis timed out because At least one input field was Re-analyze the sample
it did not complete within designated as a mandatory ensuring all mandatory
required time period. Sample entry and no entry was input fields are completed.
will be discarded. made. The system timed out
and discarded the sample.
1216 Unable to read sensor The analyzer is unable to  Re-seat the sensor
cassette smart chip read the sensor cassette cassette
smart chip.
 If problem persists,
replace the sensor
cassette
 If problem persists after
replacing the sensor
cassette, replace the
sensor board.
 If problem persists after
replacing the sensor
board, perform the
iButton Viewer test in
Chapter 4 – Test and
Calibration Procedures.
1217 No reportable parameters All measured parameters are  If there are active
either inactivated or have parameters, select Menu
failed the last System Cycle. > Manual System Cycle
to initiate a System
Cycle
 If there are no active
parameters, proceed to
the Active Parameters
screen and activate the
desired parameters.
Otherwise replace the
sensor cassette.

Continued on next page

200909 8-59
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1219 Sample inlet flap opened. The sample inlet probe was Repeat the sample analysis,
Analysis will be cancelled. raised up during analysis. ensuring the inlet probe
The system requires this remains down throughout
(ABL80 FLEX analyzer)
probe to remain down the analysis
Sample inlet probe is raised. throughout the sample
Analysis will be cancelled. analysis
(ABL80 FLEX CO-OX
analyzer)
1220 Sensor cassette model is not The sensor cassette being Install the correct model
compatible with this installed is not for use with sensor cassette for this
analyzer this analyzer for this analyzer and application
application
1300 – Temperature and air detection
1301 Temperature not stable The analyzer has identified a 1. Re-seat the sensor
malfunction in the heater / cassette
[Temp A]
thermistor unit.
2. Replace the sensor
1302 Temperature not stable
cassette
(high)
3. Follow the Zeroing
[Temp B]
procedure in Chapter 4
1303 Temperature not stable (low) – Test and Calibration
Procedures to assess
[Temp C]
the heater circuit.
1304 Temperature not stable
4. Replace the sensor board
(open circuit)
(FLEX) or the sensor
[Temp D] connector board
(CO-OX)
1305 Temperature overheat The sensor cassette 1. Replace the sensor
temperature is well beyond cassette
[Temp E]
the desired 37C temperature 2. Follow the Zeroing
due to a temperature system procedure in Chapter 4
malfunction. The analyzer – Test and Calibration
automatically shuts down the Procedures to assess
analyzer a safety precaution. the heater circuit
3. Replace the sensor
board (FLEX) or the
sensor connector board
(CO-OX)
4. Replace the signal data
board (FLEX) or the
analog board (CO-OX)

Continued on next page

8-60 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1306 Sensor circuit error The heater protection circuit  Select Menu > Manual
has been triggered, possibly System Cycle to initiate
[Temp E]
in response to low a manual System Cycle
environmental temperature (or 2 Point Cal)
 Ensure the room
temperature is within
the specified operating
temperature
 Replace the SC
1350 Air detection is unavailable The air detection system  Select Menu > Manual
check did not meet System Cycle to initiate a
acceptance criteria during manual System Cycle. If
the last System Cycle and the air detection system
the air detection system was fails again, re-install the
subsequently inactivated by sensor cassette. If the air
the user. detection calibration fails
during re-installation,
replace the sensor
cassette.
 Choose to analyze
samples without the air
detection system, if
desired
1351 Air detection calibration The air detection system  Re-install the sensor
failed calibration, during SC80 cassette. If the air
initialization, did not meet detection calibration fails
acceptance criteria. again, replace the sensor
cassette
 Choose to analyze
samples without the air
detection system, if
desired
1352 Air detection is unavailable The air detection system was  Repeat the sample
for this analysis unable to provide the measurement
necessary data to determine
the air status of the last  Choose to accept the
measured sample. results of the prior
sample measurement
without the assurance of
the air detection system,
if desired

Continued on next page

200909 8-61
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1353 Possible air in sample The air detection system has Carefully assess sample
identified the possibility that results for integrity and
air is present in the acceptable clinical
measuring chamber at the correlation. Repeat
time of the sample analysis. analysis suggested.
1354 Possible air in flush solution The air detection system has Carefully assess sample
identified the possibility that results for integrity and
air is present in the acceptable clinical
measuring chamber at the correlation. Repeat
time of the flush solution analysis suggested.
analysis.
1355 Possible air in solution 1 The air detection system has Investigate possible
C8001 identified the possibility that sources of air
air is in the measuring contamination including:
1356 Possible air in solution 2
chamber during a System
C8002  Residual air in sensor
Cycle.
1357 Possible air in solution 3 cassette tubing. To clear,
C8003 repeatedly pull and
release tubing during
1358 Possible air in solution 4 solution flush cycles
C8004
 Solution pack empty
 Solution pack not fully
seated into analyzer
 Sensor cassette not fully
connected to analyzer
If the source of air
contamination cannot be
identified
 Verify that all
connections to the
manifold are secure
 Verify that the
appropriate valves are
being activated, using
the Diagnostics screen.
If the problem persists,
verify that the waste tubing
is not pinched or damaged
Replace the waste tubing
as necessary.

Continued on next page

8-62 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1400 – Manual QC
1400 QC Level 1 out of range The results of the manual  Verify the proper type
<parameter> QC sample analyzed do not and lot of QC material is
fall within the acceptable being analyzed
1401 QC Level 2 out of range
ranges for the specified
<parameter>
parameter as established in  Verify the temperature
1402 QC Level 3 out of range the Settings > Manual QC > of the ampoule being
<parameter> Ranges screen. analyzed. Ensure the
correct temperature is
1403 QC Level 4 out of range entered during sample
<parameter> analysis
1404 QC Hct Level 1 out of range  Verify the acceptable
1405 QC Hct Level 2 out of range ranges are correct
 Repeat the QC sample
measurement
1425 QC Level 1 lot has expired The lot of manual QC Select Settings > Manual
entered in the Settings > QC > Ranges and establish
1426 QC Level 2 lot has expired
Manual QC > Ranges a new lot of QC material in
1427 QC Level 3 lot has expired screen is expired, according the Manual QC Ranges
to the Expiration field on screen.
1428 QC Level 4 lot has expired
this screen.
1429 QC Hct Level 1 lot has The analyzer will not allow
expired the use of expired QC
1430 QC Hct Level 2 lot has material.
expired
1431 All BG/Lytes QC lots have All established BG/Lytes Establish new lots of QC
expired QC lots in the Manual QC material, entering the
Ranges screen are expired associated lot numbers,
expiration dates and range
limits
1432 All Hct QC lots have expired All established Hct QC lots Establish new lots of QC
in the Manual QC Ranges material, entering the
screen are expired associated lot numbers,
expiration dates and range
limits
1450 Manual QC required Manual QC is overdue as Perform the necessary QC
specified in the QC Schedule samples or modify the QC
screen Schedule requirements
1475 Invalid barcode The barcode scanned is not Scan the correct barcode
an ABL80 FLEX QC located on the package
barcode insert

Continued on next page

200909 8-63
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


1476 The QC lot has expired The QC barcode scanned is Use only QC material that
of an expired lot of QC has not expired
material
1477 Invalid solution ID The QC barcode scanned Scan the correct barcode
does not contain a solution on the package insert
ID that is supported by the
ABL80 FLEX analyzer
1500 – Input requirements
1500 Entry is limited to x The input field has a limited Enter up to the maximum
characters number of characters. This allowable number of
number has been exceeded. characters only.
1501 Entry is limited to The input field does not Enter only letters or
alphanumeric characters allow characters other than numbers in this field.
letters or numbers.
1502 Entry is limited to numeric Text is being entered into a Enter only numbers in this
characters field that requires the entry field
of only numbers
1503 Invalid sampler ID barcode While using the FlexLink Scan or enter the correct
feature, a barcode was sampler ID barcode
entered for sampler ID that
does not meet the criteria
1504 Accession number is While using the FlexLink Enter the appropriate
required feature, the query is accession number for the
configured to use accession desired sample
number but no number was
entered
2000 - Communications
2000 No channel selected At least one communications Select a channel from a list
channel must be selected. of those available.
2001 Unable to activate Remote Remote connection to the Retry the connection;
Support analyzer failed investigate the network
connections
2002 Unable to connect to QA The analyzer is unable to Check the IP address and
Portal successfully connect to the port number under Data
Radiometer QA Portal Communications / QA
Portal

Continued on next page

8-64 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


2100 – Oximeter
2100 CO-OX board failure The system has experienced 1. Reboot the analyzer
a hardware failure of a 2. Check the fuses
circuit board associated with 3. Verify that the CO-OX
the CO-oximeter power cable is
connected
4. Replace the CO-OX
power cable
5. Replace the CO-OX
control board
2101 CO-OX calibration required The blank calibration and/or The system will
the liquid sensor calibration automatically initiate these
for the CO-oximeter are calibrations when all
overdue. consumables have been
installed
2102 Failed CO-OX FTC version There is an incompatible Replace the CO-OX
check software version on the control board
CO-oximeter hardware
2103 Invalid CO-OX firmware There is an incompatible Replace the CO-OX
version software version on the control board
CO-oximeter hardware
2104 CO-OX blank calibration The CO-oximeter blank 1. Initiate a manual
failure calibration did not meet System Cycle. If an
specifications error code appears,
follow the instructions
for that code.
2. Run a Service Test
from the CO-OX
diagnostics screen.

Continued on next page

200909 8-65
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


2106 Possible fluid pathway A possible blockage has 1. Reboot system.
blockage been identified in the fluidic 2. From the CO-OX
system during a System diagnostics screen, run
Cycle or installation a liquid sensor
procedure calibration. If the result
is greater than 220,
replace the liquid
sensor.
3. From the CO-OX
diagnostics screen,
select the Pinch valve
checkbox and verify
that the valve is
working by listening
for a click from the
valve. If no click is
heard replace pinch
valve.
4. From the CO-OX
diagnostics screen,
pump S2 and verify
that fluid is moving
through the flowcell
window.
5. If fluid is moving,
check for any leaks in
tubing and verify that
all tubing is connected
properly.
6. If error persists,
replace hemolyzer.

Continued on next page

8-66 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

General error messages, Continued

Error Message Interpretation Corrective Action


2107 Liquid sensor cal failure The liquid sensor calibration 1. Run a liquid sensor
did not meet specifications calibration from the
CO-OX diagnostics
screen. Verify that air
is present in the sensor
window during the
calibration.
2. Check that the
peristaltic pump is
working correctly.
3. From the CO-OX
diagnostics screen,
select the Pinch valve
checkbox and verify
that the valve is
working by listening
for a click from the
valve.
4. Replace the liquid
sensor.
5. Replace the hemolyzer.
2108 Possible fluid pathway A possible blockage has 1. Run a liquid sensor
blockage been identified in the fluidic calibration from the
system during a sample CO-OX diagnostics
analysis, manual QC screen. If the result is
measurement or tHb greater than 240,
calibration replace the liquid
sensor.
2. From the CO-OX
diagnostics screen,
select the Pinch valve
checkbox and verify
that the valve is
working by listening
for a click from the
valve.
3. Check and replace
waste tubing if
necessary.
4. Replace the hemolyzer
then repeat step 1.

200909 8-67
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

CO-OX error codes

Table of CO-OX The following table provides a list of CO-OX error codes that can appear in
error codes sample, calibration and QC reports under the Messages section when an error
condition occurs during the use of the ABL80 FLEX CO-OX analyzer’s
CO-oximeter.
See CO-oximeter troubleshooting earlier in this chapter for an example of where
these error codes appear.
NOTE: Each step in the User Action column is meant to be performed only if the
prior step was not successful in resolving the initial issue.
Error Message Description Corrective Action
Low level messages:
1010 Oximeter data collection The system has not had time 1. Run Service Test
error to make a background (dark) 2. Reboot the analyzer
measurement or there is a 3. Verify proper
hardware problem. spectrometer cable
connections
4. Replace spectrometer
5. Replace CO-OX
control board
1011 Oximeter blank cal required The system has not 1. Initiate a manual
performed a blank System Cycle
calibration yet or there is a 2. Run Service Test
hardware problem. 3. Reboot the analyzer
4. Verify proper
spectrometer cable
connections
5. Replace spectrometer
6. Replace the hemolyzer
7. Replace the CO-OX
board
1012 Oximeter sample spectrum The system has not made a 1. Run Service Test
not available sample measurement yet or 2. Reboot the analyzer
there is a hardware problem. 3. Verify proper
spectrometer cable
connections
4. Replace spectrometer
5. Replace the hemolyzer
6. Replace the CO-OX
board
1013 Oximeter data collection During data collection from 1. Run Service Test
error the spectrometer no trigger 2. Reboot the analyzer
signal was received or there 3. Verify proper
was a hardware problem. spectrometer cable
connections
4. Replace spectrometer
5. Replace CO-OX
control board

Continued on next page

8-68 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

CO-OX error codes, Continued

Error Message Description Corrective Action


1014 Oximeter blank cal intensity The light received by the 1. Verify proper flow of
too high spectrometer was of too high solutions through the
an intensity during the blank analyzer
calibration. 2. Run Service Test
3. Reboot the analyzer
4. Replace spectrometer
5. Replace hemolyzer
6. Replace CO-OX
control board
1015 Oximeter sample intensity The light received by the 1. Verify proper flow of
too high spectrometer was of too high solutions through the
an intensity during the analyzer
sample analysis. 2. Run Service Test
3. Reboot analyzer
4. Replace spectrometer
5. Replace hemolyzer
6. Replace CO-OX
control board
1016 Oximeter blank cal intensity The light received by the 1. Run Service Test
too low spectrometer was of too low 2. Reboot analyzer
an intensity during the blank 3. Verify proper fiber
calibration. optic cable connection
and function
4. Replace hemolyzer
5. Replace spectrometer
6. Replace CO-OX
control board
1017 Oximeter sample intensity The light received by the 1. Run Service Test
too low spectrometer was of too low 2. Reboot analyzer
an intensity during the 3. Verify proper fiber
sample analysis. optic cable connection
and function
4. Replace hemolyzer
5. Replace spectrometer
6. Replace CO-OX
control board
1018 Oximeter electronic Spectrometer offset voltage 1. Run Service Test
adjustment error is outside acceptance limits. 2. Reboot analyzer
3. Verify proper cable
connections (ribbon
and fiber optic cables)
to the spectrometer
4. Replace spectrometer
5. Replace hemolyzer
6. Replace CO-OX
control board

Continued on next page

200909 8-69
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

CO-OX error codes, Continued

Error Message Description Corrective Action


1019 Oximeter blank cal outside Peak value of blank 1. Verify proper flow of
limits calibration spectrum solutions through the
intensity is outside analyzer
acceptance limits. 2. Run Service Test
3. Reboot analyzer
4. Replace spectrometer
5. Replace hemolyzer
6. Replace CO-OX
control board
1020 Oximeter neon intensity Neon spectral line intensity 1. Run Service Test
outside limits is outside the acceptance 2. Reboot analyzer
limits. 3. Verify connection and
function of fiber optic
cable
4. Verify connection of
spectrometer ribbon
cable
5. Replace spectrometer
6. Replace hemolyzer
7. Replace CO-OX
control board
1021 Oximeter neon correction The Fneon value is outside 1. Run Service Test
outside limits acceptance limits. 2. Reboot analyzer
3. Verify connection and
function of fiber optic
cable
4. Verify connection of
spectrometer ribbon
cable
5. Replace spectrometer
6. Replace hemolyzer
7. Replace CO-OX
control board
1022 Oximeter background Background (dark) 1. Run Service Test
correction outside limits measurement is outside 2. Reboot analyzer
acceptance limits. 3. Verify proper cable
connections to
spectrometer
4. Replace spectrometer
5. Replace hemolyzer
6. Replace CO-OX
control board

Continued on next page

8-70 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

CO-OX error codes, Continued

Error Message Description Corrective Action


1023 Oximeter spectrometer Error reading the 1. Read Spectrometer
memory read error spectrometer memory. EEPROM
2. Reboot analyzer
3. Verify proper cable
connections to
spectrometer
4. Replace spectrometer
5. Replace CO-OX
control board
1024 Oximeter spectrometer Error writing to the 6. Run Service Test
memory write error spectrometer memory. 7. Reboot analyzer
8. Verify proper cable
connections to
spectrometer
9. Replace spectrometer
10. Replace CO-OX
control board
1025 Oximeter hemolyzer tuning Hemolyzer resonance 1. Run Service Test
error frequency auto tuning error 2. Reboot analyzer
has occurred. 3. Verify proper
hemolyzer cable
connections
4. Replace hemolyzer
5. Replace CO-OX
control board
1026 Oximeter hemolyzer Hemolyzer frequency 1. Run Service Test
frequency problem regulation error has 2. Reboot analyzer
occurred. 3. Verify proper
hemolyzer cable
connections
4. Replace hemolyzer
5. Replace CO-OX
control board
1027 Oximeter hemolyzer Hemolyzer temperature 1. Verify the cooling fan
temperature deviation too variation is outside is functioning
high acceptance limits at the high 2. Run Service Test
end 3. Reboot analyzer
4. Replace hemolyzer
5. Replace CO-OX
control board

Continued on next page

200909 8-71
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

CO-OX error codes, Continued

Error Message Description Corrective Action


1028 Oximeter neon voltage Neon driver voltage is 1. Run Service Test
outside limits outside acceptance limits. 2. Reboot analyzer
3. Verify proper
hemolyzer cable
connections
4. Replace hemolyzer
5. Replace CO-OX
control board
1029 Oximeter light source Hemolyzer’s white LED 1. Run Service Test
voltage outside limits voltage is outside acceptance 2. Reboot analyzer
limits. 3. Verify proper cable
connections to
hemolyzer
4. Replace hemolyzer
5. Replace CO-OX
control board
1030 Oximeter hemolyzer voltage Hemolyzer piezo voltage is 1. Run Service Test
outside limits outside acceptance limits. 2. Reboot analyzer
3. Verify proper cable
connections to
hemolyzer
4. Replace hemolyzer
5. Replace CO-OX
control board
1031 Oximeter initialization in Correction matrix, necessary 1. Wait 30-50 minutes for
progress for absorbance calculation, is the completion of the
not yet complete. correction matrix
calculation – Warning:
rebooting the analyzer
or performing a “Run
Service Test” during
this period could
restart the matrix
calculation
2. Replace CO-OX
control board
1032 Oximeter data collection Error occurred during data 1. Run Service Test
error collection with the DMA 2. Reboot analyzer
controller. 3. Verify cable
connections to
spectrometer
4. Replace spectrometer
5. Replace CO-OX
control board
1033 Oximeter task was not Oximetry software has not 1. Reboot analyzer
finished yet finished its task(s). 2. Replace CO-OX
control board

Continued on next page

8-72 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

CO-OX error codes, Continued

Error Message Description Corrective Action


High level messages:
290 SHb detected FSHb has been detected in No action; informational
the sample. The range is 1- message only
10%
291 SHb too high FSHb has been detected in Interpret measurement
the sample. The value is results with caution
>10% which may affect
measurement accuracy
292 Turbidity too high Sample has a turbidity level 1. Verify the pinch valve
of >5% is functioning properly,
using the Diagnostics
screen
2. Verify the hemolyzer
tubing connections are
secure
3. Replace hemolyzer
4. Replace COOX control
board
293 HbF detected HbF has been detected in the No action required. If
sample. This condition may desired by the customer,
affect measurement accuracy enable the HbF correction
feature (see ABL80 FLEX
Operators Manual,
Chapter 9, Settings –
Reports – input fields).
581 Oximeter spectrum Spectrum is not consistent 1. Run Service Test
mismatch with the expected blood or 2. Verify all tubing
QC spectrum. Measurement connections are secure
may be unreliable. 3. Replace spectrometer
4. Replace hemolyzer
5. Replace CO-OX
control board
582 tHb calibration cuvette tHb calibration Fcuv outside 1. Initiate a manual
factor outside limits acceptance limits System Cycle
2. Repeat the tHb
calibration procedure
3. Run Service Test and
troubleshoot
accordingly
584 tHb calibration wavelength tHb calibration wavelength 1. Initiate a manual
outside limits outside limits System Cycle
2. Repeat the tHb
calibration procedure
3. Run Service Test and
troubleshoot
accordingly

Continued on next page

200909 8-73
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

CO-OX error codes, Continued

Error Message Description Corrective Action


688 ctHb/ceHb too low for tHb < 1mmol/L or ceHb < 1. Verify the sample type
oximeter calculation 0.75mmol/L. If ctHb is too is appropriate for this
low FHHb, FO2Hb, FCOHb analyzer.
and FMetHb are not 2. Run Service Test and
calculated. If ceHb (ceHb = troubleshoot
cHHb+cO2Hb) is too low, accordingly
sO2 is not calculated.
1034 Oximeter hardware problem A general oximetry This error will always be
hardware problem has associated with additional
occurred low level messages. Refer
to the low level error
messages for appropriate
actions.
1037 Oximeter tHb cal hardware tHb calibration error caused This error will always be
error by oximetry hardware associated with additional
problem low level messages. Refer
to the low level error
messages for appropriate
actions.
1038 Oximeter blank cal hardware Blank calibration error This error will always be
error caused by oximetry associated with additional
hardware problem low level messages. Refer
to the low level error
messages for appropriate
actions.

8-74 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Result messages

Table of result This table provides an interpretation of result messages that can appear while using
messages all versions of the ABL80 FLEX analyzer.

Message Interpretation Corrective Action


I/A Inactive To re-activate this parameter in the
Analyzer Lockout screen (Menu >
This parameter was inactivated by the
Settings > System > Active
user.
Parameters)
L/O Parameter lock out Perform a successful QC
measurement or deactivate the QC
Sample results are not reported for
lockout feature
this parameter due to manual QC
results outside acceptable limits
P/L Parameter lockout To re-activate this parameter in the
Analyzer Lockout screen (Menu >
This parameter was manually locked
Settings > System > Analyzer
out by the user
Lockout)
N/A Not applicable If Hct results are desired, repeat the
analysis selecting any sample type
Appears in the Hct field when Other
other than Other Fluids.
Fluids is selected for sample type.
N/D Not derived Activate necessary measured
parameters or select necessary
The parameter was not derived
measured parameters for reporting.
because measurement parameters
necessary for this calculation are not
available.
N/E No endpoint Refer to Troubleshooting:
Calibration / Installation
Stabilization criteria not met for one
Unsuccessful.
or more parameters during sample
measurement, QC measurement, or
calibration.
N/I Not installed If all parameters are desired, install
a full panel sensor cassette.
This parameter is not supported by
the sensor cassette type installed.
N/R Not reported Select all desired parameters from
the parameter profile and repeat the
This parameter was not chosen for
analysis
reporting by the user.

Continued on next page

200909 8-75
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Result messages, Continued

Table of
result Message Interpretation Corrective Action
messages N/C Not calculated.  Repeat the System Cycle,
(continued) replace the sensor cassette or
 QC results during a System Cycle
replace the solution pack as
cannot be calculated because the
necessary
System Cycle did not result in an
acceptable sensitivity value for that
parameter.
 Hct cannot be calculated due to  Repeat a failed calibration. If
one of the following two reasons: the Na+ failure persists, either
continue testing without Hct or
1. A failed Na+ calibration
replace the sensor cassette
2. A sample result for cNa+ that is
outside the display range.  Repeat the sample
measurement, ensuring there is
no air contamination
 Glucose sensitivity cannot be Repeat the System Cycle. If the
calculated because the background failure persists, replace the sensor
zero current does not meet cassette.
specifications
C/E Calculation Error Repeat the calibration or sample
measurement. Ensure there is no air
The system was unable to provide a
contamination in the sample or flush
mathematically meaningful
solution.
calculation
L/E Linearity Error Repeat the System Cycle. Ensure
there is no air contamination in the
The sensitivity values from a System
calibration solution.
Cycle do not meet linearity check
criteria
R/R Reportable Range Repeat the sample measurement or
modify the reportable range in the
The parameter result is outside the
Patient Ranges screen.
user-defined reportable range
I/F Initialization Failure Repeat the two-point calibration.
Ensure there is no air contamination
A sensor cassette without QC3 failed
in the measuring flowcell.
initialization for criteria other than a
sensitivity out of range
▲ Edited value No action necessary
This value was previously edited.
Review the edit log for prior values
in this field

Continued on next page

8-76 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Result messages, Continued

Table of
result Message Interpretation Corrective Action
messages !! Possible air in sample Repeat the sample measurement.
(continued) Expel any air in the sample then
The air detection system has
carefully aspirate the sample such
identified possible air in the sample
that the measuring chamber is free
during measurement
of air.
Possible air in flush solution Repeat the sample measurement.
Ensure the flush solution is free of
The air detection system has
air. Pulling and releasing the
identified possible air in the flush
pump tubing during the flush
solution during a sample
cycle can help dislodge any
measurement.
stubborn air bubbles.
Possible air in solution Repeat the System Cycle. Ensure
the solutions are free of air.
The air detection system has
Pulling and releasing the pump
identified possible air in one of the
tubing during the flush cycle can
solution pack solutions during a
help dislodge any stubborn air
System Cycle
bubbles.
Possible fluid pathway obstruction Interpret results with caution.
There may be air in the sample.
A possible blockage has been
identified in the ABL80 FLEX CO-
OX hemolyzer.
^^ Allowable sample age exceeded Interpret the results with caution.
Analyze a new sample if desired.
The FlexLink system has calculated
the age of the sample to be beyond
the user-defined allowable limit
*** Parameter value is beyond the Evaluate the integrity of the sample.
analyzer measuring range. Perform a manual System Cycle and
repeat the sample analysis.
### Sensor response is beyond the sensor Initiate a manual System Cycle.
response range. Ensure the system is free of air
bubbles. Repeat the sample analysis.

Continued on next page

200909 8-77
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Result messages, Continued

Table of
result Message Interpretation Corrective Action
messages Manual QC out of range Repeat manual QC measurement
¿
(continued) until results meet acceptability
Sample results for this parameter are
criteria then repeat the sample
in question due to a failed manual QC
measurement
measurement
? Drift Evaluate the magnitude of the drift
in the System Cycle log. Monitor
The analyzer has identified excessive
the drift values as desired.
drift for a parameter from the last
System Cycle to the current one.
ABL80 FLEX CO-OX error Interpret results with caution.
Repeat the calibration or
The analyzer’s CO-oximeter
measurement if desired. If problem
experienced one or more error
persists, contact your Radiometer
conditions
representative
 The sample analysis result is above  No action required for sample
or below the user-defined reference analysis.
value.
 The quality control result (either  Perform a manual System Cycle
manual or from a System Cycle) is then, if necessary, repeat manual
above or below the acceptable QC QC analysis (see Manual QC
range. Results Out of Range).
The sample analysis result has fallen No action required. Results should
beyond the user-defined critical limit. be correlated to the clinical
condition of the patient to verify
appropriateness.
The sample analysis result has fallen Repeat the analysis if appropriate.
outside the reportable range.

8-78 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Guidelines

Introduction This topic describes guidelines pertinent to the use of the ABL80 FLEX analyzers.

Guidelines The following guidelines are recommended for the ABL80 FLEX analyzer only:
 When installing a sensor cassette, ensure the cassette snaps onto the analyzer.
This will provide the proper electronic and fluidic connections.
 When installing a sensor cassette onto the analyzer, turn the roller assembly to
ensure free range of motion of the pump tubing

 During solution pump cycles,


while the roller assembly is
spinning, the cassette pump
tubing can be “snapped”
repeatedly to help dislodge
any air bubbles that might
reside in the cassette tubing
and measuring chamber.

The following guidelines are recommended for all ABL80 analyzer versions:
 Always shutdown the analyzer using the Shutdown button on the main menu.
Turning the analyzer off directly by using the power switch at the rear of the
analyzer may cause file corruption.
 Ensure that no storage devices are connected to the analyzer’s USB ports
whenever the analyzer is powered up. The connection of a storage device to a
USB port when the analyzer is powered up may prevent proper boot-up of the
system.

200909 8-79
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

System cycle unsuccessful

Introduction This section provides detailed troubleshooting procedures in response to


unsuccessful System Cycle results. It includes information related to single
parameter failures and multiple parameter failures for sensor cassettes, including a
method for investigating possible air contamination. Where appropriate, it also
includes information specific to the ABL80 FLEX or ABL80 FLEX CO-OX
analyzers.

8-80 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

General information

Introduction The System Cycle and the installation process of a new sensor cassette are
fundamentally equivalent. The sensor cassette is exposed to all four solutions and
electrochemical measurements performed. When these measurements and resulting
calculations are performed, any parameter that is found outside acceptable limits is
flagged and the System Cycle or installation is considered unsuccessful.
As with any blood gas analyzer, unsuccessful calibration or QC can be due to
either a sensor function that is outside specifications or insufficient calibration
material in contact with sensors. It is unlikely to have a true malfunction of more
than one sensor at the same time. Multiple parameter failures typically indicate air
in the sensor cassette measuring chamber.

Identification of Follow these steps to determine the parameters that are out of range.
failure
Step Action
1. Select Menu > Data > Logs > System Cycle.
2. Review the Status column of the last System Cycle on the General tab.
This column will list all parameters that fell outside the acceptable
range.
 If all parameter results were successful, the Status will be “OK”
 If any parameter fell outside the acceptable range, it will be listed
here
 If the system identified the possibility that air is in one or more
solutions, the symbol “!!” will also be listed here
NOTE: This information is also available on the “Status” line of the
printout and on the General tab of the System Cycle Recall screen..
3.  If only one parameter is listed, proceed to Single parameter out of
range
 If more than one parameter is listed, and/or the air symbol is
present, proceed to Multiple parameters out of range

200909 8-81
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Single versus multiple parameters

Introduction The first step in troubleshooting is to determine whether the failure is of one
parameter or whether there are two or more parameters that are out of range.
A secondary step is to determine whether the System Cycle results demonstrate the
failure to be during the calibration phase (sensitivity out of range) or the automatic
QC phase.
The System Cycle result printout, as well as the information on the analyzer
screen, will provide the necessary information to determine single versus multiple
parameters as well as whether the failure was during calibration or quality control.

Continued on next page

8-82 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Single versus multiple parameters, Continued

System Cycle The following is an example of a System Cycle printout with a single parameter
printout – single failure for calibration. Note that quality control results for the parameter with out-
parameter of-range calibration results are not calculated (N/C).
failure for
calibration
RADIOMETER ABL80 FLEX
SYSTEM CYCLE RESULTS

Analysis time: 6/16/2008 08:16:16


Type: Auto
SENSITIVITY VALUES

pH 51.6
CO2  24.3
O2 0.009
+
Na 61.5
+
K 56.8
2+
Ca 26.6
-
Cl 47.4
Glu 0.658
Hct 97.760
QUALITY CONTROL VALUES

Solution ID: C8001 C8002 C8003 C8004


Lot: 25048 24812 24551 24880
Cycles: 141 46 53 56

pH 7.36 7.04 7.67


pCO2 N/C N/C N/C
pO2 150 67 233
+
cNa 152 103 167
+
cK 4.2 8.7 2.2
2+
cCa 1.16 2.30 0.48
-
cCl 110 66 126
cGlu -0.2 16.3 4.1
Hct Hct 3 70

MESSAGES
Status: pCO2

Continued on next page

200909 8-83
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Single versus multiple parameters, Continued

System Cycle The following is an example of a System Cycle printout with a single parameter
printout – single failure for a quality control result.
parameter
RADIOMETER ABL80 FLEX
failure for
quality control SYSTEM CYCLE RESULTS

Analysis time: 6/16/2008 08:16:16


Type: Auto
SENSITIVITY VALUES

pH 51.6
CO2 54.3
O2 0.009
+
Na 61.5
+
K 56.8
2+
Ca 26.6
-
Cl 47.4
Glu 0.658
Hct 97.760

QUALITY CONTROL VALUES

Solution ID: C8001 C8002 C8003 C8004


Lot: 25048 24812 24551 24880
Cycles: 141 46 53 56

pH 7.36 7.04  7.47


pCO2 35 79 14 44
pO2 150 67 233
+
cNa 152 103 167
+
cK 4.2 8.7 2.2
2+
cCa 1.16 2.30 0.48
-
cCl 110 66 126
cGlu -0.2 16.3 4.1
Hct Hct 3 70

MESSAGES
Status: pH

Continued on next page

8-84 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Single versus multiple parameters, Continued

System Cycle The following is an example of a System Cycle printout with multiple parameter
printout – failures for calibration. Note that quality control values for parameters with out-of-
multiple range calibration results are not calculated (N/C).
parameter
RADIOMETER ABL80 FLEX
failure for
calibration SYSTEM CYCLE RESULTS

Analysis time: 6/16/2008 08:16:16


Type: Auto
SENSITIVITY VALUES

pH  18.6
CO2  24.3
O2 0.009
+
Na 61.5
+
K 56.8
Ca
2+
 16.6
-
Cl 47.4
Glu 0.658
Hct 98.070
QUALITY CONTROL VALUES

Solution ID: C8001 C8002 C8003 C8004


Lot: 25048 24812 24551 24880
Cycles: 141 46 53 56

pH N/C N/C N/C N/C


pCO2 N/C N/C N/C N/C
pO2 150 67 233
+
cNa 152 103 167
+
cK 4.2 8.7 2.2
2+
cCa N/C N/C N/C
-
cCl 110 66 126
cGlu -0.2 16.3 4.1
Hct Hct 3 70

MESSAGES
2+
Status: pH, pCO2, cCa

Continued on next page

200909 8-85
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Single versus multiple parameters, Continued

System Cycle The following is an example of a System Cycle printout with multiple parameter
printout – failures for quality control results.
multiple
parameter
failure for RADIOMETER ABL80 FLEX
quality control SYSTEM CYCLE RESULTS
Analysis time: 6/16/2008 08:16:16
Type: Auto
SENSITIVITY VALUES

pH 58.6
CO2 54.3
O2 0.009
+
Na 61.5
+
K 56.8
2+
Ca 26.6
-
Cl 47.4
Glu 0.658
Hct 98.070

QUALITY CONTROL VALUES

Solution ID: C8001 C8002 C8003 C8004


Lot: 25048 24812 24551 24880
Cycles: 141 46 53 56

pH 7.36 7.04 7.67  6.46


pCO2 35 79 14  54
pO2 150  47 233
+
cNa 152 103 167
+
cK 4.2 8.7 2.2
2+
cCa 1.15 2.30 0.49
-
cCl 110 66 126
cGlu -0.2 16.3 4.1
Hct Hct 3 70

MESSAGES
Status: pH, pCO2, pO2

8-86 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Single parameter out of range


Procedure If a single parameter is out of range following a System Cycle, perform the
following steps:

Step Action
1. Select Menu > Manual System Cycle to initiate a repeat System
Cycle.
2. ABL80 FLEX analyzer only:
During solution pump cycles,
while the roller assembly is
spinning, the cassette pump
tubing can be “snapped”
repeatedly to help dislodge any air
bubbles that might reside in the
cassette tubing and measuring
chamber.
3. Review the Status of this repeat System Cycle. This information can
be found on the System Cycle printout or on the Recall screen.
 If the same, single parameter continues to be out of range either:
- inactivate the failed parameter (see ABL80 FLEX Operators
Manual, Chapter 9, Settings – Active parameters) or
- replace the sensor cassette
 If more than one parameter is out of range or a different single
parameter is out of range, proceed to Multiple parameters out of
range

Continued on next page

200909 8-87
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Single parameter out of range, Continued

Troubleshooting Refer to the following table when troubleshooting single parameter failures during
table a System Cycle. SC80 refers to the sensor cassette; SP refers to the solution pack.
This table applies to all versions of the ABL80 analyzer.

ABL80 Troubleshooting Guidance


Failure Mode
Parameter (Same readings on Step 1 Step 2
consecutive System Evaluate
Cycles) Step 1

Any type Replace SC80 Replace SP


pH (Sensitivity or QC out-of-
range)

Allow sensor to Replace SC80


Sensitivity low re-hydrate (if
time allows)
Replace SC80 Replace SP
Sensitivity high
pCO2

If Step 1 did not resolve issue, move to Step 2


Replace SC80 Replace SP
QC out-of-range

Replace SC80
Sensitivity out-of-
range

pO2 Replace SP Replace SC80


QC out-of-range

Replace SC80 Replace SP


Electrolytes Any type (Sensitivity or
K+, Na+, Ca++, Cl- QC out-of-range)

1. Sensitivity low Allow sensor to Replace SC80


re-hydrate (if
2. QC out-of-range
time allows)
at installation
Replace SC80 Replace SP

Glu Sensitivity high

Replace SC80 Replace SP


QC out-of-range
during use

8-88 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Multiple parameters out of range – sensor cassette


Procedure If more than one parameter is out of range following a System Cycle, perform the
following steps:

Step Action
1. Select Menu > Manual System Cycle to initiate a repeat System
Cycle.
2. ABL80 FLEX analyzer only:
During solution pump cycles,
while the roller assembly is
spinning, the cassette pump
tubing can be “snapped”
repeatedly to help dislodge any air
bubbles that might reside in the
cassette tubing and measuring
chamber.
The system will display a picture
and instructional text reminding
the user to perform this step.
3. Review the Status of this repeat System Cycle. This information can
be found on the System Cycle printout or on the Recall screen
(General tab). If this repeat event was unsuccessful, proceed to
Possible sources of air contamination.
NOTE: Air contamination is the most likely cause of multiple
parameter failures.
NOTE: Multiple parameter failures may also be due to reference gel
that has migrated into the cassette flowcell. If all attempts to identify
air contamination are unsuccessful, this may suggest the presence of
gel in the flowcell. In this instance, replacement of the sensor cassette
may be the proper corrective action.

200909 8-89
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Possible sources of air contamination

Introduction Investigation of the possible sources of air contamination includes examination of


all areas where the fluidic system can be opened such as the connection between
the analyzer and sensor cassette and the analyzer and the solution pack.
The possible sources of air contamination in the ABL80 FLEX analyzer are
illustrated in the following diagram. The possible sources of air in an ABL80
FLEX CO-OX analyzer are very similar. The sources, from top to bottom in the
diagram include:
 Flowcell of the sensor cassette - This air can be introduced from a past sample
or be lodged in this area from a prior solution flush
 Cassette fluid port – An incomplete seal between the fluid port and the
analyzer luer can introduce air into the fluidic system
 Internal lines and valves – Internal tubing lines and valves can become
disconnected or blocked
 Solution pack – The connection between the solution pack and the analyzer
can be a source of air contamination. Insufficient solution volume in any of the
solution pack pouches can also result in air contamination.

Continued on next page

8-90 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Possible sources of air contamination, Continued

Sensor cassette Follow these steps to ensure proper connection of the sensor cassette to the ABL80
connection – FLEX analyzer only:
FLEX
Step Action
1.  Ensure the sensor cassette is fully snapped onto the front of the
analyzer
 Remove the cassette from the analyzer
 While the cassette is off, examine the pins on the back of the
cassette. There should be no corrosion. The pins should not be
bent or wet.
 Replace the same cassette back onto the analyzer
 Press firmly in the middle of
the cassette at the raised
circle (just under the
measuring chamber window)
until an audible snap is heard

2. If a blockage is suspected, fill a


syringe with normal saline (Do
NOT use water or solutions from
the solution pack.). Attach this
syringe to the silicone port of the
sensor cassette and flush it with
the saline.
NOTE: Do NOT allow fluids to
contact sensor pins on the back of
the cassette.
3. If unable to flush the sensor cassette, replace the sensor cassette.
 If flushing was successful,
place the sensor cassette back
on the analyzer. Ensure the
silicone port at the rear of the
cassette is not caught under
the cassette casing. When
placing the cassette back on
the analyzer, be sure to snap
securely into place. This will
ensure proper connection of
the cassette to the analyzer.
4. Initiate a System Cycle by selecting Menu > Manual System Cycle.

Continued on next page

200909 8-91
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Possible sources of air contamination, Continued

Sensor cassette Follow these steps to ensure proper connection of the sensor cassette to the
connection – analyzer in the CO-OX analyzer only:
CO-OX
Step Action
1. Ensure the sensor cassette is securely connected to the front of the
analyzer.
 Remove the cassette from the analyzer
 While the cassette is off, examine the pins on the back of the
cassette. There should be no corrosion. The pins should not be
bent or wet.
 Replace the same cassette back onto the analyzer
 Ensure the fluid port (1) at
the rear of the cassette is not
caught under the cassette
casing
 Place the same cassette back
onto the analyzer
2. Press firmly in the middle of the
cassette at the indented circle
(just under the measuring
chamber window). It should snap
into place.
3. Initiate a System Cycle by selecting Menu  Manual System Cycle.

Continued on next page

8-92 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Possible sources of air contamination, Continued

Solution pack Follow these steps to ensure proper connection of the solution pack to the analyzer:
connection
Step Action
1. Remove the solution pack from the analyzer:
 Press down on the SP latch
 Lower the SP latch completely
 Pull out the solution pack from the analyzer cavity
2. Examine the solution pack ports. Ensure they are clean. Any dried
solution can be carefully wiped with a soft, damp cloth.
3. Examine the luers inside the analyzer cavity. Ensure they are clean
and dry. Use a soft, damp cloth as necessary to clean this area.

4. Re-insert the solution pack


 Slide the solution pack into the cavity
 Raise the SP latch
 Press on the latch, near the top until the latch clicks into place
5. Initiate a System Cycle by selecting Menu > Manual System Cycle.

Internal tubing If the sensor cassette and solution pack connections are verified to be secure but air
and valves contamination is still suspected, the source may be the internal tubing and valves.
Use the Diagnostics screen to verify the pumping of fluids and activation of the
various valves. Replace the waste tubing set or manifold unit as necessary.

200909 8-93
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

CO-oximeter troubleshooting

Introduction In the CO-OX analyzer, the function of the CO-oximeter is generally independent
of the sensor cassette. The purpose of the sensor cassette is simply to act as a
fluidic pathway between the sample and the CO-oximeter.
All CO-oximeter errors are displayed on the results screen and printout with an up
or down arrow next to the out-of-range oximetry parameter.
There are a variety of additional error codes unique to the CO-oximeter. These
error messages are meant to assist Radiometer field service when troubleshooting
issues with the oximetry system. These CO-OX error codes are listed in the
“messages” section of the report.
See the Table of CO-OX error codes on page 8-68 for a list of all errors.

Continued on next page

8-94 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

CO-oximeter troubleshooting, Continued

System Cycle The following is an example of a System Cycle printout with an error for quality
printout – control level 3 (C8303) total hemoglobin value. Note that additional CO-oximeter
system error codes are listed under the “Messages” section.
CO-oximeter
failure
RADIOMETER ABL80 FLEX
SYSTEM CYCLE RESULTS

Analysis time: 6/16/2008 08:16:16


Type: Auto
SENSITIVITY VALUES

pH 51.6
CO2 54.3
O2 0.009
+
Na 61.5
+
K 56.8
2+
Ca 26.6
-
Cl 47.4
Glu 0.658
tHb 282.30

QUALITY CONTROL VALUES

Solution ID: C8301 C8302 C8303 C8304


Lot: 25048 24812 24551 24880
Cycles: 141 46 53 56

pH 7.36 7.04 7.67


pCO2 35 80 14
pO2 150 67 233
+
cNa 152 103 167
+
cK 4.2 8.7 2.2
2+
cCa 1.16 2.30 0.48
-
cCl 110 66 126
cGlu -0.2 16.3 4.1
Hct ctHb 18.1  3.0 12.5

MESSAGES
Status: ? ctHb

CO-OX error(s): 581 (ctHb)

200909 8-95
8. Troubleshooting ABL80 FLEX service manual

Manual QC results out of range

Introduction This section describes the steps to perform when manual quality control results fall
outside acceptable ranges.

QC results out When manual quality control values for any level fall outside acceptable ranges:
of range
Step Action
1. Initiate a manual System Cycle by selecting Menu > Manual System
Cycle.
2. Repeat the manual quality control measurement.
 If the value is in range, proceed to use the analyzer for analysis as
desired.
 If the value falls outside the acceptable range a second time,
continue with step three.
3. Verify the proper QC material is being analyzed. Verify the proper lot
and corresponding ranges have been correctly entered into the QC
Ranges screen.
4. Verify that the manufacturer’s recommendations regarding QC sample
handling have been followed carefully.
 For best results, it is recommended that quality control ampoules
be equilibrated to 25 C for a minimum of five hours.
 QC ampoules should be equilibrated for a minimum of five hours
at a known, stable temperature between 15 C and 32 C.
 The exact equilibrated temperature value for the QC ampoule
should be entered into the QC Aspiration screen.
 Do not handle the ampoule excessively. This can warm the
ampoule.
5. Thoroughly mix the ampoule liquids
by shaking for 15 seconds.

NOTE: Once opened, an ampoule must be analyzed immediately.

Continued on next page

8-96 200909
ABL80 FLEX service manual 8. Troubleshooting

Manual QC results out of range, Continued

QC results out
Step Action
of range
(continued) 6. If manual QC results continue to fall outside acceptable ranges:
 Inactivate the failed parameter(s)
 Activate the QC lockout feature for this parameter or
 Replace the sensor cassette

Reference Chronic difficulties with QC results may indicate the need to re-evaluate your
acceptable ranges. Refer to the Radiometer “Quality Control Systems Reference
Manual” for more information regarding the establishment of user ranges.

200909 8-97
ABL80 FLEX service manual Index

Index

Index A
ABL80 identification ......................................................................................... 1-6
Annual maintenance kits ...................................................................................... 7-
Annual service......................................................................................... 7-12, 7-14
B
Barcode scanner programming................................................................. Chapter 4
Battery management......................................................................................... 8-26
Block diagrams..................................................................................................... 2-
C
Cleaning ............................................................................................................. 7-6
Computer units ..................................................................................................... 3-
Connectivity component (CnC) ....................................................................... 8-23
D
Demo mode ...................................................................................................... 8-20
Diagnostics....................................................................................................... 8-29
Disinfection ........................................................................................................ 7-6
E
Electrical connections .......................................................................................... 2-
Electrical tests .................................................................................................... 4-3
Exploded views ........................................................................................ Chapter 3
F
Fluidics.................................................................................................... 8-76, 8-78
Functional test .................................................................................................. 4-16
I
Identification, ABL80 ........................................................................................ 1-6
Installing consumables ..................................................................................... 2-14
L
Long-term storage ............................................................................................ 7-10
Low power storage mode ................................................................................. 8-28
M
MAC address.................................................................................................... 4-45
Major components................................................................................................ 2-
N
Normal fluidics................................................................................................ 2-, 2-
P
Power control buttons ........................................................................................ 8-7
Power down...................................................................................................... 2-13
Power supply indicators ..................................................................................... 8-5
Power up .......................................................................................................... 2-12
Print queue ....................................................................................................... 2-14
R
Recommended parts and hardware .................................................................. 3-36
Recommended service procedures ................................................................... 7-12
Recommended tools ......................................................................................... 3-35
Repair level ........................................................................................... 1-3
Re-programming the barcode scanners .................................................... Chapter 4
RiliBÄK ............................................................................................................... 8-
S
Service policy..................................................................................................... 1-2

Continued on next page

200809 1
Index ABL80 FLEX service manual

Index, Continued

Index Service screens ................................................................................................... 8-8


(continued) Battery ................................................................................................. 8-11
Language............................................................................................. 8-19
Logging ............................................................................................... 8-18
Option Keys ........................................................................................ 8-20
Reset...................................................................................................... 8-9
Scan..................................................................................................... 8-10
Utilities................................................................................................ 8-14
Setup procedures ...................................................................................... Chapter 4
Software Upgrade............................................................................................. 4-34
T
tHb Calibration................................................................................................. 4-24
V
Views
ABL80 Analyzers Rear View ............................................................... 2-4
ABL80 FLEX Front View .................................................................... 2-2
ABL80 CO-OX Front View.................................................................. 2-3
Sensor Cassette (SC80) ................................................................ 2-7, 2-10
Solution Pack (SP80) ............................................................................ 2-5

2 200809
ABL80 FLEX Service Manual Service Notes

Service Notes

Introduction In the event of important changes to procedures or spare parts, the service manual
will be updated by means of service notes which will be forwarded to all
Radiometer distributors. The cover sheets of such service notes must be inserted in
this section in chronological order whereas the attached updated sheets must be
inserted into the appropriate chapters.

Revisions to the The table below lists the revisions performed. The “SN” column lists the part
service manual numbers of the service notes issued, the “Issue” column lists the issue of the
service note (equal to the new issue of the service manual), and the “Revisions”
column lists the most important revisions.

SN Issue Revisions
917-388 B Correct service part numbers add software upgrade
procedure
917-391 C Add CO-OX service parts
917-392 D Add annual maintenance kits, revise part assemblies and
general update

200909 1
ABL80 FLEX Service Manual Date of Issue

Date of Issue

Manufacturer

Publication 2009/09

Edition D

REF 990-736

© Radiometer Medical ApS, Copenhagen, Denmark, 2009. All rights reserved.

You might also like